gdb/
[binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GDB.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19
20 #include "defs.h"
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
22 #include <ctype.h>
23 #include "hashtab.h"
24 #include "symtab.h"
25 #include "frame.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
28 #include "gdbtypes.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
30 #include "gdbcore.h"
31 #include "gdbcmd.h"
32 #include "value.h"
33 #include "command.h"
34 #include "inferior.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
36 #include "target.h"
37 #include "language.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
41 #include "annotate.h"
42 #include "symfile.h"
43 #include "objfiles.h"
44 #include "source.h"
45 #include "linespec.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
47 #include "gdb.h"
48 #include "ui-out.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
51 #include "block.h"
52 #include "solib.h"
53 #include "solist.h"
54 #include "observer.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
56 #include "memattr.h"
57 #include "ada-lang.h"
58 #include "top.h"
59 #include "valprint.h"
60 #include "jit.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
64 #include "probe.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
67 #include "stack.h"
68 #include "skip.h"
69 #include "gdb_regex.h"
70 #include "ax-gdb.h"
71 #include "dummy-frame.h"
72
73 #include "format.h"
74
75 /* readline include files */
76 #include "readline/readline.h"
77 #include "readline/history.h"
78
79 /* readline defines this. */
80 #undef savestring
81
82 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
83 #include "python/python.h"
84
85 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
86 enum exception_event_kind
87 {
88 EX_EVENT_THROW,
89 EX_EVENT_CATCH
90 };
91
92 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
93
94 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
95
96 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
97
98 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
99
100 static void disable_command (char *, int);
101
102 static void enable_command (char *, int);
103
104 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
105 void *),
106 void *);
107
108 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
109
110 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
111
112 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
113
114 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
115 struct linespec_result *,
116 enum bptype, char *,
117 char **);
118
119 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
120 struct linespec_result *,
121 struct linespec_sals *,
122 char *, char *, enum bptype,
123 enum bpdisp, int, int,
124 int,
125 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
126 int, int, int, unsigned);
127
128 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
129 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
130
131 static void clear_command (char *, int);
132
133 static void catch_command (char *, int);
134
135 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
136
137 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
138
139 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
140
141 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
142 enum bptype,
143 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
144 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
145 const struct symtab_and_line *);
146
147 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
148 static. */
149 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
150 struct symtab_and_line,
151 enum bptype,
152 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
153
154 static struct breakpoint *
155 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
156 enum bptype type,
157 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
158
159 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
160
161 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
162 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
163 enum bptype bptype);
164
165 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
166 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
167 struct obj_section *, int);
168
169 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
170 CORE_ADDR addr1,
171 struct address_space *aspace2,
172 CORE_ADDR addr2);
173
174 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
175 struct bp_location *loc2);
176
177 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
178 struct address_space *aspace,
179 CORE_ADDR addr);
180
181 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
182
183 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
184
185 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
186 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
187
188 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
189
190 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
191
192 static void commands_command (char *, int);
193
194 static void condition_command (char *, int);
195
196 typedef enum
197 {
198 mark_inserted,
199 mark_uninserted
200 }
201 insertion_state_t;
202
203 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
204 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
205
206 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
207
208 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
209
210 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
211
212 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
213
214 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
215
216 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
217 enum bptype type,
218 int *other_type_used);
219
220 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
221
222 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
223
224 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
225 int count);
226
227 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
228
229 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
230
231 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
232
233 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
234
235 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
236 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
237
238 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
239
240 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
241
242 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
243 CORE_ADDR pc);
244
245 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
246 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
247 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
248
249 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
250
251 static void update_global_location_list (int);
252
253 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
254
255 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
256
257 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
258
259 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
260
261 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
262
263 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
264
265 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
266
267 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
268
269 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
270
271 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
272
273 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
274
275 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
276
277 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
278 otherwise. */
279
280 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
281
282 static void init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
283 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
284 char *cond_string,
285 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
286
287 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
288 from. */
289 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
290
291 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
292 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
293 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
294 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
295
296 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
297 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
298
299 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
300 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
301
302 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
303 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
304
305 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
306 breakpoints. */
307 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
308
309 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
310 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
311
312 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
313 static struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
314
315 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
316 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
317 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
318 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
319 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
320 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
321
322 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
323 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
324 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
325 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
326 dprintf_style_gdb,
327 dprintf_style_call,
328 dprintf_style_agent,
329 NULL
330 };
331 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
332
333 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
334 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
335 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
336 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
337
338 static char *dprintf_function = "";
339
340 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
341 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
342 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
343 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
344 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
345 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
346 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
347
348 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
349
350 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
351 has disconnected. */
352 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
353
354 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
355 breakpoints share a single command list. */
356 struct counted_command_line
357 {
358 /* The reference count. */
359 int refc;
360
361 /* The command list. */
362 struct command_line *commands;
363 };
364
365 struct command_line *
366 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
367 {
368 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
369 }
370
371 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
372 current breakpoint. */
373
374 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
375
376 const char *
377 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
378 {
379 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
380 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
381 a breakpoint. */
382 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
383
384 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
385 }
386
387 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
388 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
389 if such is available. */
390 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
391
392 static void
393 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
394 struct cmd_list_element *c,
395 const char *value)
396 {
397 fprintf_filtered (file,
398 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
399 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
400 value);
401 }
402
403 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
404 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
405 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
406 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
407 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
408 static void
409 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
410 struct cmd_list_element *c,
411 const char *value)
412 {
413 fprintf_filtered (file,
414 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
415 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
416 value);
417 }
418
419 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
420 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
421 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
422 use hardware breakpoints. */
423 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
424 static void
425 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
426 struct cmd_list_element *c,
427 const char *value)
428 {
429 fprintf_filtered (file,
430 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
431 value);
432 }
433
434 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
435 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
436 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
437 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
438 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
439
440 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
441
442 static void
443 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
444 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
445 {
446 if (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO)
447 fprintf_filtered (file,
448 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
449 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
450 value,
451 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
452 else
453 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
454 value);
455 }
456
457 int
458 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
459 {
460 return (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
461 || (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO && non_stop));
462 }
463
464 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
465
466 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
467 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
468 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
469 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
470 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
471 condition_evaluation_auto,
472 condition_evaluation_host,
473 condition_evaluation_target,
474 NULL
475 };
476
477 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
478 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
479
480 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
481 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
482 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
483
484 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
485 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
486 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
487 evaluation mode. */
488
489 static const char *
490 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
491 {
492 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
493 {
494 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
495 return condition_evaluation_target;
496 else
497 return condition_evaluation_host;
498 }
499 else
500 return mode;
501 }
502
503 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
504
505 static const char *
506 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
507 {
508 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
509 }
510
511 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
512 otherwise. */
513
514 static int
515 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
516 {
517 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
518
519 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
520 }
521
522 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
523
524 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
525 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
526
527 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
528 static int overlay_events_enabled;
529
530 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
531 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
532
533 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
534 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
535 current breakpoint. */
536
537 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
538
539 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
540 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
541 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
542 B = TMP)
543
544 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
545 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
546 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
547
548 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
549 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
550 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
551 BP_TMP++)
552
553 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
554 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
555 to where the loop should start from.
556 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
557 appropriate location to start with. */
558
559 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
560 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
561 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
562 BP_LOCP_START \
563 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
564 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
565 BP_LOCP_TMP++)
566
567 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
568
569 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
570 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
571 if (is_tracepoint (B))
572
573 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
574
575 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
576
577 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
578
579 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
580
581 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
582
583 static unsigned bp_location_count;
584
585 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
586 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
587 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
588 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
589 an address you need to read. */
590
591 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
592
593 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
594 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
595 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
596 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
597 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
598
599 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
600
601 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
602 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
603 by a target. */
604 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
605
606 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
607
608 static int breakpoint_count;
609
610 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
611 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
612 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
613 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
614 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
615
616 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
617
618 static int tracepoint_count;
619
620 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
621 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
622 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
623
624 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
625 static int
626 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
627 {
628 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
629 }
630
631 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
632
633 static void
634 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
635 {
636 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
637 breakpoint_count = num;
638 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
639 }
640
641 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
642 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
643 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
644
645 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
646 breakpoint made. */
647
648 void
649 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
650 {
651 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
652 }
653
654 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
655 breakpoint made. */
656
657 void
658 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
659 {
660 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
661 }
662
663 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
664
665 void
666 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
667 {
668 struct breakpoint *b;
669
670 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
671 b->hit_count = 0;
672 }
673
674 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
675 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
676
677 static struct counted_command_line *
678 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
679 {
680 struct counted_command_line *result
681 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
682
683 result->refc = 1;
684 result->commands = commands;
685 return result;
686 }
687
688 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
689
690 static void
691 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
692 {
693 if (cmd)
694 ++cmd->refc;
695 }
696
697 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
698 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
699 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
700
701 static void
702 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
703 {
704 if (*cmdp)
705 {
706 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
707 {
708 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
709 xfree (*cmdp);
710 }
711 *cmdp = NULL;
712 }
713 }
714
715 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
716
717 static void
718 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
719 {
720 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
721 }
722
723 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
724 argument. */
725
726 static struct cleanup *
727 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
728 {
729 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
730 }
731
732 \f
733 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
734 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
735
736 struct breakpoint *
737 get_breakpoint (int num)
738 {
739 struct breakpoint *b;
740
741 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
742 if (b->number == num)
743 return b;
744
745 return NULL;
746 }
747
748 \f
749
750 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
751 evaluating conditions on its side. */
752
753 static void
754 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
755 {
756 struct bp_location *loc;
757
758 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
759 evaluating conditions and if the user has
760 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
761 side. */
762 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
763 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
764 return;
765
766 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
767 return;
768
769 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
770 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
771 }
772
773 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
774 evaluating conditions on its side. */
775
776 static void
777 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
778 {
779 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
780 evaluating conditions and if the user has
781 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
782 side. */
783 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
784 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
785
786 return;
787
788 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
789 return;
790
791 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
792 }
793
794 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
795 condition_evaluation_mode. */
796
797 static void
798 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
799 struct cmd_list_element *c)
800 {
801 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
802
803 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
804 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
805 {
806 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
807 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
808 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
809 return;
810 }
811
812 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
813 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
814
815 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
816 settings was "auto". */
817 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
818
819 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
820 if (new_mode != old_mode)
821 {
822 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
823 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
824 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
825
826 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
827 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
828 */
829
830 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
831 {
832 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
833 target. */
834 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
835 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
836 }
837 else
838 {
839 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
840 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
841 target knows about. */
842 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
843 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
844 loc->needs_update = 1;
845 }
846
847 /* Do the update. */
848 update_global_location_list (1);
849 }
850
851 return;
852 }
853
854 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
855 what "auto" is translating to. */
856
857 static void
858 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
859 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
860 {
861 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
862 fprintf_filtered (file,
863 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
864 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
865 value,
866 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
867 else
868 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
869 value);
870 }
871
872 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
873 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
874 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
875
876 static int
877 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
878 {
879 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
880 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
881
882 if (a->address == b->address)
883 return 0;
884 else
885 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
886 }
887
888 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
889 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
890 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
891 return NULL. */
892
893 static struct bp_location **
894 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
895 {
896 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
897 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
898 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
899
900 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
901 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
902 dummy_loc.address = address;
903
904 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
905 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
906 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
907 bp_location_compare_addrs);
908
909 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
910 if (locp_found == NULL)
911 return NULL;
912
913 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
914 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
915 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
916 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
917 locp_found--;
918
919 return locp_found;
920 }
921
922 void
923 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
924 int from_tty)
925 {
926 xfree (b->cond_string);
927 b->cond_string = NULL;
928
929 if (is_watchpoint (b))
930 {
931 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
932
933 xfree (w->cond_exp);
934 w->cond_exp = NULL;
935 }
936 else
937 {
938 struct bp_location *loc;
939
940 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
941 {
942 xfree (loc->cond);
943 loc->cond = NULL;
944
945 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
946 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
947 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
948 }
949 }
950
951 if (*exp == 0)
952 {
953 if (from_tty)
954 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
955 }
956 else
957 {
958 char *arg = exp;
959
960 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
961 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
962 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
963 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
964
965 if (is_watchpoint (b))
966 {
967 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
968
969 innermost_block = NULL;
970 arg = exp;
971 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
972 if (*arg)
973 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
974 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
975 }
976 else
977 {
978 struct bp_location *loc;
979
980 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
981 {
982 arg = exp;
983 loc->cond =
984 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
985 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
986 if (*arg)
987 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
988 }
989 }
990 }
991 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
992
993 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
994 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
995 }
996
997 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
998
999 static VEC (char_ptr) *
1000 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd, char *text, char *word)
1001 {
1002 char *space;
1003
1004 text = skip_spaces (text);
1005 space = skip_to_space (text);
1006 if (*space == '\0')
1007 {
1008 int len;
1009 struct breakpoint *b;
1010 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
1011
1012 if (text[0] == '$')
1013 {
1014 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1015 if (isdigit (text[1]))
1016 return NULL;
1017 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
1018 }
1019
1020 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1021 len = strlen (text);
1022
1023 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1024 {
1025 int single = b->loc->next == NULL;
1026 struct bp_location *loc;
1027 int count = 1;
1028
1029 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1030 {
1031 char location[50];
1032
1033 if (single)
1034 xsnprintf (location, sizeof (location), "%d", b->number);
1035 else
1036 xsnprintf (location, sizeof (location), "%d.%d", b->number,
1037 count);
1038
1039 if (strncmp (location, text, len) == 0)
1040 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (location));
1041
1042 ++count;
1043 }
1044 }
1045
1046 return result;
1047 }
1048
1049 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1050 text = skip_spaces (space);
1051 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1052 }
1053
1054 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1055
1056 static void
1057 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1058 {
1059 struct breakpoint *b;
1060 char *p;
1061 int bnum;
1062
1063 if (arg == 0)
1064 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1065
1066 p = arg;
1067 bnum = get_number (&p);
1068 if (bnum == 0)
1069 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1070
1071 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1072 if (b->number == bnum)
1073 {
1074 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
1075 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
1076 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
1077 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1078 if (b->py_bp_object
1079 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
1080 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
1081 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
1082 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1083
1084 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1085 update_global_location_list (1);
1086
1087 return;
1088 }
1089
1090 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1091 }
1092
1093 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1094 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1095 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1096
1097 static void
1098 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1099 {
1100 struct command_line *c;
1101
1102 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1103 {
1104 int i;
1105
1106 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1107 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1108 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1109
1110 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1111 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1112
1113 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1114 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1115 command directly. */
1116 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1117 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1118
1119 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1120 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1121 }
1122 }
1123
1124 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1125
1126 static int
1127 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1128 {
1129 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1130 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1131 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1132 }
1133
1134 int
1135 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1136 {
1137 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1138 }
1139
1140 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1141 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1142 found. */
1143
1144 static void
1145 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1146 struct command_line *commands)
1147 {
1148 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1149 {
1150 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1151 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1152 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
1153 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
1154 struct command_line *c;
1155 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1156 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1157 {
1158 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1159 {
1160 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1161 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1162 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1163 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1164 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1165 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1166
1167 if (while_stepping)
1168 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1169 "can be used only once"));
1170 else
1171 while_stepping = c;
1172 }
1173 }
1174 if (while_stepping)
1175 {
1176 struct command_line *c2;
1177
1178 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1179 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1180 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1181 {
1182 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1183 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1184 }
1185 }
1186 }
1187 else
1188 {
1189 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1190 }
1191 }
1192
1193 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1194 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1195
1196 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
1197 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1198 {
1199 struct breakpoint *b;
1200 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1201 struct bp_location *loc;
1202
1203 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1204 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1205 {
1206 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1207 if (loc->address == addr)
1208 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1209 }
1210
1211 return found;
1212 }
1213
1214 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1215 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1216
1217 void
1218 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1219 struct command_line *commands)
1220 {
1221 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1222
1223 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1224 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1225 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
1226 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1227 }
1228
1229 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1230 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1231 commands. */
1232
1233 void
1234 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1235 {
1236 int old_silent = b->silent;
1237
1238 b->silent = silent;
1239 if (old_silent != silent)
1240 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1241 }
1242
1243 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1244 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1245
1246 void
1247 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1248 {
1249 int old_thread = b->thread;
1250
1251 b->thread = thread;
1252 if (old_thread != thread)
1253 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1254 }
1255
1256 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1257 breakpoint work for any task. */
1258
1259 void
1260 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1261 {
1262 int old_task = b->task;
1263
1264 b->task = task;
1265 if (old_task != task)
1266 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1267 }
1268
1269 void
1270 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1271 {
1272 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1273
1274 validate_actionline (&line, b);
1275 }
1276
1277 /* A structure used to pass information through
1278 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1279
1280 struct commands_info
1281 {
1282 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1283 int from_tty;
1284
1285 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1286 char *arg;
1287
1288 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1289 already-parsed command. */
1290 struct command_line *control;
1291
1292 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1293 yet been read. */
1294 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1295 };
1296
1297 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1298 commands_command. */
1299
1300 static void
1301 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1302 {
1303 struct commands_info *info = data;
1304
1305 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1306 {
1307 struct command_line *l;
1308
1309 if (info->control != NULL)
1310 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1311 else
1312 {
1313 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1314 char *str;
1315
1316 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1317 "%s, one per line."),
1318 info->arg);
1319
1320 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1321
1322 l = read_command_lines (str,
1323 info->from_tty, 1,
1324 (is_tracepoint (b)
1325 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1326 b);
1327
1328 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1329 }
1330
1331 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1332 }
1333
1334 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1335 do anything. */
1336 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1337 {
1338 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1339 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1340 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1341 b->commands = info->cmd;
1342 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
1343 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1344 }
1345 }
1346
1347 static void
1348 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1349 struct command_line *control)
1350 {
1351 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1352 struct commands_info info;
1353
1354 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1355 info.control = control;
1356 info.cmd = NULL;
1357 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1358 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1359 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1360
1361 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1362 {
1363 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1364 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1365 breakpoint_count);
1366 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1367 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1368 else
1369 {
1370 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1371 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1372 numbers will fail in this case. */
1373 arg = NULL;
1374 }
1375 }
1376 else
1377 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1378 our argument. */
1379 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1380
1381 if (arg != NULL)
1382 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1383
1384 info.arg = arg;
1385
1386 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1387
1388 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1389 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1390
1391 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1392 }
1393
1394 static void
1395 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1396 {
1397 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1398 }
1399
1400 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1401 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1402
1403 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1404 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1405 enum command_control_type
1406 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1407 {
1408 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1409 return simple_control;
1410 }
1411
1412 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1413
1414 static int
1415 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1416 {
1417 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1418 return 0;
1419 if (!bl->inserted)
1420 return 0;
1421 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1422 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1423 return 0;
1424 return 1;
1425 }
1426
1427 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1428 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1429
1430 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1431 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1432 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1433
1434 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1435 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1436 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1437 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1438 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1439 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1440 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1441 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1442 and:
1443 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1444
1445 void
1446 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1447 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1448 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1449 {
1450 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1451 search. */
1452 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1453
1454 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1455 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1456 report higher one. */
1457
1458 bc_l = 0;
1459 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1460 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1461 {
1462 struct bp_location *bl;
1463
1464 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1465 bl = bp_location[bc];
1466
1467 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1468 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1469 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1470 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1471
1472 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1473 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1474 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1475
1476 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1477 >= bl->address)
1478 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1479 <= memaddr))
1480 bc_l = bc;
1481 else
1482 bc_r = bc;
1483 }
1484
1485 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1486 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1487 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1488 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1489 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1490 B:
1491
1492 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1493
1494 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1495 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1496 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1497 and L2. */
1498 while (bc_l > 0
1499 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1500 bc_l--;
1501
1502 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1503
1504 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1505 {
1506 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1507 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1508 int bp_size = 0;
1509 int bptoffset = 0;
1510
1511 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1512 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1513 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1514 bl->owner->number);
1515
1516 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1517 content. */
1518
1519 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1520 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1521 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1522 break;
1523
1524 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1525 continue;
1526 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1527 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1528 continue;
1529
1530 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1531 we need to copy. */
1532 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1533 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1534
1535 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1536 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1537 are reading. */
1538 continue;
1539
1540 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1541 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1542 reading. */
1543 continue;
1544
1545 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1546 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1547 {
1548 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1549 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1550 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1551 bp_addr = memaddr;
1552 }
1553
1554 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1555 {
1556 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1557 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1558 }
1559
1560 if (readbuf != NULL)
1561 {
1562 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1563 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1564 gdb_assert (bl->target_info.shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1565 || readbuf >= (bl->target_info.shadow_contents
1566 + bl->target_info.shadow_len));
1567
1568 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1569 shadow. */
1570 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1571 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1572 }
1573 else
1574 {
1575 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = bl->gdbarch;
1576 const unsigned char *bp;
1577 CORE_ADDR placed_address = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1578 unsigned placed_size = bl->target_info.placed_size;
1579
1580 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1581 memcpy (bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1582 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1583
1584 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1585 address. */
1586 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1587
1588 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1589 breakpoint's INSN. */
1590 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1591 }
1592 }
1593 }
1594 \f
1595
1596 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1597 breakpoint. */
1598
1599 int
1600 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1601 {
1602 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1603 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1604 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1605 }
1606
1607 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1608
1609 static int
1610 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1611 {
1612 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1613 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1614 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1615 }
1616
1617 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1618 software. */
1619
1620 int
1621 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1622 {
1623 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1624 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1625 }
1626
1627 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1628 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1629 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1630 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1631 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1632 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1633 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1634 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1635
1636 static int
1637 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1638 {
1639 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1640 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1641 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1642 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1643 }
1644
1645 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1646 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1647
1648 static void
1649 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1650 {
1651 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1652
1653 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1654 {
1655 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1656 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1657 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1658 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1659 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1660 }
1661 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1662 }
1663
1664 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1665 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1666 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1667 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1668 in b->loc->cond.
1669 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1670
1671 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1672 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1673 it.
1674
1675 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1676 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1677 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1678 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1679 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1680 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1681 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1682 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1683
1684 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1685 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1686 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1687 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1688 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1689 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1690 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1691 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1692 not changed.
1693
1694 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1695 hardware watchpoints:
1696
1697 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1698 called several times when GDB stops.
1699
1700 [linux]
1701 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1702 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1703 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1704 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1705 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1706 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1707 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1708 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1709 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1710 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1711 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1712
1713 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1714 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1715
1716 static void
1717 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1718 {
1719 int within_current_scope;
1720 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1721 int frame_saved;
1722
1723 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1724 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1725 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1726 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1727 return;
1728
1729 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1730 return;
1731
1732 frame_saved = 0;
1733
1734 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1735 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1736 within_current_scope = 1;
1737 else
1738 {
1739 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1740 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1741 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1742
1743 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1744 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1745 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1746 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1747 return;
1748
1749 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1750 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1751 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1752 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1753 selected frame. */
1754 frame_saved = 1;
1755 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1756
1757 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1758 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1759 if (within_current_scope)
1760 select_frame (fi);
1761 }
1762
1763 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1764 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1765 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1766 b->base.loc = NULL;
1767
1768 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1769 {
1770 char *s;
1771
1772 if (b->exp)
1773 {
1774 xfree (b->exp);
1775 b->exp = NULL;
1776 }
1777 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1778 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1779 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1780 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1781 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1782 be completely different objects. */
1783 value_free (b->val);
1784 b->val = NULL;
1785 b->val_valid = 0;
1786
1787 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1788 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1789 locations (re)created below. */
1790 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1791 {
1792 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1793 {
1794 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1795 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1796 }
1797
1798 s = b->base.cond_string;
1799 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1800 }
1801 }
1802
1803 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1804 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1805 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1806 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1807 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1808 if ( !target_has_execution)
1809 {
1810 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1811 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1812 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1813 }
1814 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1815 {
1816 int pc = 0;
1817 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1818 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1819
1820 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1821
1822 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1823 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1824 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1825 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1826 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1827 watchpoints. */
1828 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1829 {
1830 b->val = v;
1831 b->val_valid = 1;
1832 }
1833
1834 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1835
1836 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1837 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1838 {
1839 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1840 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1841 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1842 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1843 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1844 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1845 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1846 {
1847 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1848
1849 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1850 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1851 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1852 if (v == result
1853 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1854 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1855 {
1856 CORE_ADDR addr;
1857 int type;
1858 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1859
1860 addr = value_address (v);
1861 type = hw_write;
1862 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1863 type = hw_read;
1864 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1865 type = hw_access;
1866
1867 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1868 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1869 ;
1870 *tmp = loc;
1871 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1872
1873 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1874 loc->address = addr;
1875 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1876 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1877 }
1878 }
1879 }
1880
1881 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1882 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1883 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1884 is started. */
1885 if (reparse)
1886 {
1887 int reg_cnt;
1888 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1889 struct bp_location *bl;
1890
1891 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1892
1893 if (reg_cnt)
1894 {
1895 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1896 enum bptype type;
1897
1898 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1899 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1900 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1901
1902 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1903 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1904 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1905 this watchpoint in as well. */
1906
1907 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1908 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1909 hardware watchpoint type. */
1910 type = b->base.type;
1911 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1912 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1913
1914 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1915 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1916 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1917 through watch_command), so always account for it
1918 manually. */
1919
1920 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1921 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1922
1923 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1924 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1925
1926 target_resources_ok
1927 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1928 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1929 {
1930 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1931
1932 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1933 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1934 "hardware watchpoint."));
1935 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1936 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1937 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1938
1939 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1940 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1941 }
1942 else
1943 {
1944 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1945 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1946 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1947 nop. */
1948 b->base.type = type;
1949 }
1950 }
1951 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1952 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1953 "read/access watchpoint."));
1954 else
1955 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1956
1957 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1958 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1959 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1960 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1961 }
1962
1963 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1964 {
1965 next = value_next (v);
1966 if (v != b->val)
1967 value_free (v);
1968 }
1969
1970 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1971 above left it without any location set up. But,
1972 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1973 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1974 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
1975 {
1976 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
1977 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
1978 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1979 base->loc->address = -1;
1980 base->loc->length = -1;
1981 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1982 }
1983 }
1984 else if (!within_current_scope)
1985 {
1986 printf_filtered (_("\
1987 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1988 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1989 b->base.number);
1990 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1991 }
1992
1993 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1994 if (frame_saved)
1995 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1996 }
1997
1998
1999 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2000 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2001 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2002 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2003 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2004 static int
2005 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2006 {
2007 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
2008 return 0;
2009
2010 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2011 return 0;
2012
2013 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2014 return 0;
2015
2016 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2017 return 0;
2018
2019 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2020 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2021 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2022 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2023 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2024 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2025 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2026 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2027 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2028 return 0;
2029
2030 return 1;
2031 }
2032
2033 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2034 that the location is not duplicated. */
2035
2036 static int
2037 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2038 {
2039 int result;
2040 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2041
2042 bl->duplicate = 0;
2043 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2044 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2045 return result;
2046 }
2047
2048 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2049 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2050 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2051 any error during parsing. */
2052
2053 static struct agent_expr *
2054 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2055 {
2056 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2057 struct cleanup *old_chain = NULL;
2058 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2059
2060 if (!cond)
2061 return NULL;
2062
2063 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2064 that may show up. */
2065 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2066 {
2067 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2068 }
2069
2070 if (ex.reason < 0)
2071 {
2072 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2073 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2074 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2075 return NULL;
2076 }
2077
2078 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2079 return aexpr;
2080 }
2081
2082 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2083 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2084 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2085 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2086 one of them is true. */
2087
2088 static void
2089 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2090 {
2091 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2092 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2093 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2094 struct bp_location *loc;
2095
2096 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2097 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2098 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2099 side. */
2100 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2101 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2102 return;
2103
2104 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2105 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2106 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2107 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2108 response back to GDB. */
2109 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2110 {
2111 loc = (*loc2p);
2112 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2113 {
2114 if (modified)
2115 {
2116 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2117
2118 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2119 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2120 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2121 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2122 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2123 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2124
2125 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2126 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2127 to the target. */
2128 if (aexpr)
2129 continue;
2130 }
2131
2132 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2133 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2134 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2135 {
2136 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2137 break;
2138 }
2139 }
2140 }
2141
2142 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2143 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2144 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2145
2146 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2147 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2148 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2149 {
2150 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2151 {
2152 loc = (*loc2p);
2153 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2154 {
2155 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2156 located. */
2157 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2158 return;
2159
2160 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2161 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2162 }
2163 }
2164 }
2165
2166 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2167 for this location's address. */
2168 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2169 {
2170 loc = (*loc2p);
2171 if (loc->cond
2172 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2173 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2174 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2175 && loc->enabled)
2176 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2177 conditions to the target. */
2178 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2179 loc->cond_bytecode);
2180 }
2181
2182 return;
2183 }
2184
2185 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2186 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2187 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2188
2189 static struct agent_expr *
2190 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2191 {
2192 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2193 struct expression *expr, **argvec;
2194 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2195 struct cleanup *old_chain = NULL;
2196 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2197 char *cmdrest;
2198 char *format_start, *format_end;
2199 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2200 int nargs;
2201 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2202
2203 if (!cmd)
2204 return NULL;
2205
2206 cmdrest = cmd;
2207
2208 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2209 ++cmdrest;
2210 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2211
2212 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2213 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2214
2215 format_start = cmdrest;
2216
2217 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2218
2219 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2220
2221 format_end = cmdrest;
2222
2223 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2224 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2225
2226 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2227
2228 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2229 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2230
2231 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2232 cmdrest++;
2233 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2234
2235 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2236
2237 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2238 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2239
2240 nargs = 0;
2241 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2242 {
2243 char *cmd1;
2244
2245 cmd1 = cmdrest;
2246 expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2247 argvec[nargs++] = expr;
2248 cmdrest = cmd1;
2249 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2250 ++cmdrest;
2251 }
2252
2253 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2254 that may show up. */
2255 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2256 {
2257 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2258 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2259 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2260 }
2261
2262 if (ex.reason < 0)
2263 {
2264 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2265 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2266 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2267 return NULL;
2268 }
2269
2270 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2271
2272 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2273 return aexpr;
2274 }
2275
2276 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2277 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2278 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2279
2280 static void
2281 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2282 {
2283 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2284 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2285 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2286 struct bp_location *loc;
2287
2288 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2289 if (bl->owner->type != bp_dprintf
2290 || strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
2291 return;
2292
2293 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2294 return;
2295
2296 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2297 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2298 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2299 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2300 response back to GDB. */
2301 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2302 {
2303 loc = (*loc2p);
2304 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2305 {
2306 if (modified)
2307 {
2308 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2309
2310 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2311 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2312 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2313 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2314 aexpr = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2315 loc->owner->extra_string);
2316 loc->cmd_bytecode = aexpr;
2317
2318 if (!aexpr)
2319 continue;
2320 }
2321
2322 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2323 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2324 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2325 {
2326 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2327 break;
2328 }
2329 }
2330 }
2331
2332 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2333 and so clean up. */
2334 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2335 {
2336 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2337 {
2338 loc = (*loc2p);
2339 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2340 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2341 {
2342 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2343 located. */
2344 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2345 return;
2346
2347 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2348 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2349 }
2350 }
2351 }
2352
2353 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2354 for this location's address. */
2355 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2356 {
2357 loc = (*loc2p);
2358 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2359 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2360 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2361 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2362 && loc->enabled)
2363 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2364 to send the commands to the target. */
2365 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands,
2366 loc->cmd_bytecode);
2367 }
2368
2369 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2370 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2371 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2372 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2373 }
2374
2375 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2376 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2377 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2378 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2379 -1 for failure.
2380
2381 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2382 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2383 static int
2384 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2385 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2386 int *disabled_breaks,
2387 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2388 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2389 {
2390 int val = 0;
2391 char *hw_bp_err_string = NULL;
2392 struct gdb_exception e;
2393
2394 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2395 return 0;
2396
2397 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2398 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2399 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2400 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2401 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2402 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2403 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2404 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2405 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2406 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
2407 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2408 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2409
2410 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2411 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2412 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2413 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2414
2415 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2416 {
2417 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2418 build_target_command_list (bl);
2419 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2420 bl->needs_update = 0;
2421 }
2422
2423 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2424 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2425 {
2426 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2427 {
2428 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2429 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2430 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2431
2432 Two important cases are:
2433 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2434 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2435 hardware breakpoint.
2436 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2437 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2438 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2439 so we undo.
2440
2441 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2442 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2443 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2444 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2445 gdb. */
2446 struct mem_region *mr
2447 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
2448
2449 if (mr)
2450 {
2451 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2452 {
2453 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2454
2455 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2456 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2457 else
2458 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2459
2460 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2461 {
2462 static int said = 0;
2463
2464 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2465 if (!said)
2466 {
2467 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2468 _("Note: automatically using "
2469 "hardware breakpoints for "
2470 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2471 said = 1;
2472 }
2473 }
2474 }
2475 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2476 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2477 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2478 "at readonly address %s"),
2479 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2480 }
2481 }
2482
2483 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2484 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2485 || bl->section == NULL
2486 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2487 {
2488 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2489 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2490 {
2491 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2492 }
2493 if (e.reason < 0)
2494 {
2495 val = 1;
2496 hw_bp_err_string = (char *) e.message;
2497 }
2498 }
2499 else
2500 {
2501 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2502 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2503 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2504 {
2505 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2506 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2507 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2508 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2509 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2510 bl->owner->number);
2511 else
2512 {
2513 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2514 bl->section);
2515 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2516 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2517 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2518 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2519 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2520 if (val != 0)
2521 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2522 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2523 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2524 bl->owner->number);
2525 }
2526 }
2527 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2528 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2529 {
2530 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2531 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2532 {
2533 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2534 }
2535 if (e.reason < 0)
2536 {
2537 val = 1;
2538 hw_bp_err_string = (char *) e.message;
2539 }
2540 }
2541 else
2542 {
2543 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2544 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2545 return 0;
2546 }
2547 }
2548
2549 if (val)
2550 {
2551 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2552 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2553 {
2554 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2555 val = 0;
2556 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2557 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2558 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2559 {
2560 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2561 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2562 bl->owner->number);
2563 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2564 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2565 "library breakpoints:\n");
2566 }
2567 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2568 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2569 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2570 }
2571 else
2572 {
2573 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2574 {
2575 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2576 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = hw_bp_err_string != NULL;
2577 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2578 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2579 bl->owner->number, hw_bp_err_string ? ":" : ".\n");
2580 if (hw_bp_err_string)
2581 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n", hw_bp_err_string);
2582 }
2583 else
2584 {
2585 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2586 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2587 bl->owner->number);
2588 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
2589 "Error accessing memory address ");
2590 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
2591 tmp_error_stream);
2592 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
2593 safe_strerror (val));
2594 }
2595
2596 }
2597 }
2598 else
2599 bl->inserted = 1;
2600
2601 return val;
2602 }
2603
2604 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2605 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2606 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2607 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2608 {
2609 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2610 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2611
2612 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2613
2614 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2615 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2616 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2617 {
2618 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2619
2620 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2621 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2622 of this one. */
2623 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2624 if (loc != bl
2625 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2626 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2627 {
2628 bl->duplicate = 1;
2629 bl->inserted = 1;
2630 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2631 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2632 val = 0;
2633 break;
2634 }
2635
2636 if (val == 1)
2637 {
2638 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2639 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2640
2641 if (val)
2642 /* Back to the original value. */
2643 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2644 }
2645 }
2646
2647 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2648 }
2649
2650 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2651 {
2652 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2653 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2654
2655 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2656 if (val)
2657 {
2658 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2659
2660 if (val == 1)
2661 warning (_("\
2662 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2663 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2664 else
2665 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2666 }
2667
2668 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2669
2670 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2671 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2672 so just return success. */
2673 return 0;
2674 }
2675
2676 return 0;
2677 }
2678
2679 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2680 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2681 PSPACE anymore. */
2682
2683 void
2684 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2685 {
2686 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2687 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2688
2689 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2690 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2691 {
2692 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2693 delete_breakpoint (b);
2694 }
2695
2696 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2697 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2698 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2699 {
2700 struct bp_location *tmp;
2701
2702 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2703 {
2704 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2705 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2706 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2707 else
2708 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2709 if (tmp->next == loc)
2710 {
2711 tmp->next = loc->next;
2712 break;
2713 }
2714 }
2715 }
2716
2717 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2718 removed locations above. */
2719 update_global_location_list (0);
2720 }
2721
2722 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2723 Throws exception on any error.
2724 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2725 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2726 void
2727 insert_breakpoints (void)
2728 {
2729 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2730
2731 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2732 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2733 {
2734 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2735
2736 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2737 }
2738
2739 update_global_location_list (1);
2740
2741 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2742 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2743 now. */
2744 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2745 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2746 }
2747
2748 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2749
2750 void
2751 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2752 {
2753 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2754
2755 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2756 {
2757 callback (loc, NULL);
2758 }
2759 }
2760
2761 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2762 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2763 always-inserted mode. */
2764
2765 static void
2766 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2767 {
2768 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2769 int error_flag = 0;
2770 int val = 0;
2771 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2772 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2773 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
2774
2775 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2776 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2777
2778 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2779 there was an error. */
2780 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2781
2782 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2783
2784 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2785 {
2786 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2787 breakpoints. */
2788 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2789 continue;
2790
2791 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2792 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2793 deletion of breakpoints. */
2794 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2795 continue;
2796
2797 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2798
2799 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2800 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2801 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2802 insert breakpoints. */
2803 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2804 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2805 continue;
2806
2807 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2808 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
2809 if (val)
2810 error_flag = val;
2811 }
2812
2813 if (error_flag)
2814 {
2815 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2816 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2817 }
2818
2819 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2820 }
2821
2822 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2823
2824 static void
2825 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2826 {
2827 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2828 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2829 int error_flag = 0;
2830 int val = 0;
2831 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2832 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2833 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
2834
2835 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2836 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2837
2838 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2839 there was an error. */
2840 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2841
2842 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2843
2844 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2845 {
2846 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2847 continue;
2848
2849 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2850 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2851 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2852 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2853 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2854 continue;
2855
2856 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2857
2858 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2859 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2860 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2861 insert breakpoints. */
2862 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2863 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2864 continue;
2865
2866 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2867 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
2868 if (val)
2869 error_flag = val;
2870 }
2871
2872 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2873 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2874 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2875 {
2876 int some_failed = 0;
2877 struct bp_location *loc;
2878
2879 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2880 continue;
2881
2882 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2883 continue;
2884
2885 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2886 continue;
2887
2888 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2889 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2890 {
2891 some_failed = 1;
2892 break;
2893 }
2894 if (some_failed)
2895 {
2896 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2897 if (loc->inserted)
2898 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
2899
2900 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2901 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2902 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2903 bpt->number);
2904 error_flag = -1;
2905 }
2906 }
2907
2908 if (error_flag)
2909 {
2910 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2911 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2912 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2913 {
2914 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2915 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2916 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2917 }
2918 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2919 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2920 }
2921
2922 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2923 }
2924
2925 /* Used when the program stops.
2926 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2927 removing a breakpoint location. */
2928
2929 int
2930 remove_breakpoints (void)
2931 {
2932 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2933 int val = 0;
2934
2935 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2936 {
2937 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
2938 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2939 }
2940 return val;
2941 }
2942
2943 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2944
2945 int
2946 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
2947 {
2948 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2949 int val;
2950 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2951
2952 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2953 {
2954 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2955 continue;
2956
2957 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf)
2958 continue;
2959
2960 if (bl->inserted)
2961 {
2962 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2963 if (val != 0)
2964 return val;
2965 }
2966 }
2967 return 0;
2968 }
2969
2970 int
2971 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2972 {
2973 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2974 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2975 int val;
2976 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
2977 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
2978 struct inferior *inf;
2979 struct thread_info *tp;
2980
2981 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2982 if (tp == NULL)
2983 return 1;
2984
2985 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2986 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2987
2988 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2989
2990 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2991 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2992
2993 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2994 {
2995 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2996 continue;
2997
2998 if (bl->inserted)
2999 {
3000 bl->inserted = 0;
3001 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
3002 if (val != 0)
3003 {
3004 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3005 return val;
3006 }
3007 }
3008 }
3009 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3010 return 0;
3011 }
3012
3013 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3014
3015 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3016 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3017 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3018 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3019 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3020 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3021 static void
3022 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3023 {
3024 if (internal)
3025 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3026 else
3027 {
3028 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3029 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3030 }
3031 }
3032
3033 static struct breakpoint *
3034 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3035 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3036 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3037 {
3038 struct symtab_and_line sal;
3039 struct breakpoint *b;
3040
3041 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3042
3043 sal.pc = address;
3044 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3045 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3046
3047 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3048 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3049 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3050
3051 return b;
3052 }
3053
3054 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3055 {
3056 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3057 };
3058 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3059
3060 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3061 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3062 {
3063 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3064 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
3065
3066 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3067 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
3068
3069 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3070 int longjmp_searched;
3071
3072 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3073 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
3074
3075 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3076 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
3077
3078 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3079 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
3080
3081 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3082 int exception_searched;
3083
3084 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3085 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
3086 };
3087
3088 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3089
3090 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3091 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3092
3093 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3094
3095 static int
3096 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3097 {
3098 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3099 }
3100
3101 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3102 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3103
3104 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3105 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3106 {
3107 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3108
3109 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
3110 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3111 {
3112 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
3113 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3114
3115 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3116 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3117 }
3118 return bp_objfile_data;
3119 }
3120
3121 static void
3122 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3123 {
3124 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data = data;
3125
3126 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
3127 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
3128 }
3129
3130 static void
3131 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3132 {
3133 struct objfile *objfile;
3134 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3135
3136 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3137 {
3138 struct breakpoint *b;
3139 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3140 CORE_ADDR addr;
3141
3142 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3143
3144 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
3145 continue;
3146
3147 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
3148 {
3149 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3150
3151 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3152 if (m == NULL)
3153 {
3154 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3155 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
3156 continue;
3157 }
3158 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3159 }
3160
3161 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3162 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3163 bp_overlay_event,
3164 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3165 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3166
3167 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3168 {
3169 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3170 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3171 }
3172 else
3173 {
3174 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3175 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3176 }
3177 }
3178 update_global_location_list (1);
3179 }
3180
3181 static void
3182 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3183 {
3184 struct program_space *pspace;
3185 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3186
3187 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3188
3189 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3190 {
3191 struct objfile *objfile;
3192
3193 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3194
3195 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3196 {
3197 int i;
3198 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3199 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3200
3201 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3202 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3203 continue;
3204
3205 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3206
3207 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3208 {
3209 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes
3210 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3211 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3212 }
3213
3214 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
3215 {
3216 int i;
3217 struct probe *probe;
3218 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3219
3220 for (i = 0;
3221 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3222 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
3223 i, probe);
3224 ++i)
3225 {
3226 struct breakpoint *b;
3227
3228 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3229 bp_longjmp_master,
3230 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3231 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3232 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3233 }
3234
3235 continue;
3236 }
3237
3238 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3239 {
3240 struct breakpoint *b;
3241 const char *func_name;
3242 CORE_ADDR addr;
3243
3244 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
3245 continue;
3246
3247 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3248 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
3249 {
3250 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3251
3252 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3253 if (m == NULL)
3254 {
3255 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3256 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
3257 continue;
3258 }
3259 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3260 }
3261
3262 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3263 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3264 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3265 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3266 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3267 }
3268 }
3269 }
3270 update_global_location_list (1);
3271
3272 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3273 }
3274
3275 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3276 static void
3277 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3278 {
3279 struct program_space *pspace;
3280 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3281 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3282
3283 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3284
3285 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3286 {
3287 struct objfile *objfile;
3288 CORE_ADDR addr;
3289
3290 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3291
3292 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3293 {
3294 struct breakpoint *b;
3295 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3296
3297 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3298
3299 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
3300 continue;
3301
3302 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
3303 {
3304 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3305
3306 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3307 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
3308 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
3309 {
3310 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3311 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
3312 continue;
3313 }
3314 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3315 }
3316
3317 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3318 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3319 bp_std_terminate_master,
3320 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3321 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3322 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3323 }
3324 }
3325
3326 update_global_location_list (1);
3327
3328 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3329 }
3330
3331 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3332
3333 static void
3334 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3335 {
3336 struct objfile *objfile;
3337 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3338
3339 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3340 {
3341 struct breakpoint *b;
3342 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3343 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3344 CORE_ADDR addr;
3345
3346 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3347
3348 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3349 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3350 {
3351 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes
3352 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3353 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3354 }
3355
3356 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3357 {
3358 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3359 int i;
3360 struct probe *probe;
3361
3362 for (i = 0;
3363 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3364 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3365 i, probe);
3366 ++i)
3367 {
3368 struct breakpoint *b;
3369
3370 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3371 bp_exception_master,
3372 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3373 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3374 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3375 }
3376
3377 continue;
3378 }
3379
3380 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3381
3382 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
3383 continue;
3384
3385 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3386
3387 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
3388 {
3389 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
3390
3391 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3392 if (debug_hook == NULL)
3393 {
3394 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
3395 continue;
3396 }
3397
3398 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3399 }
3400
3401 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3402 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3403 &current_target);
3404 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3405 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3406 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3407 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3408 }
3409
3410 update_global_location_list (1);
3411 }
3412
3413 void
3414 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3415 {
3416 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3417 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3418
3419 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3420 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3421 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3422 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3423 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3424 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3425 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3426 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3427 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3428 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3429 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3430
3431 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3432 {
3433 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3434 continue;
3435
3436 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3437 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3438 {
3439 delete_breakpoint (b);
3440 continue;
3441 }
3442
3443 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3444 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3445 {
3446 delete_breakpoint (b);
3447 continue;
3448 }
3449
3450 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3451 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3452 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3453 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3454 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3455 {
3456 delete_breakpoint (b);
3457 continue;
3458 }
3459
3460 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3461 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3462 {
3463 delete_breakpoint (b);
3464 continue;
3465 }
3466
3467 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3468 after an exec. */
3469 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3470 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3471 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3472 {
3473 delete_breakpoint (b);
3474 continue;
3475 }
3476
3477 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3478 {
3479 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3480 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3481 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3482 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3483 continue;
3484 }
3485
3486 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3487 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3488 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3489 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3490 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3491 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3492
3493 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3494 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3495 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3496 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3497 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3498 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3499 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3500
3501 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3502 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3503 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3504 let finish_command delete it.
3505
3506 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3507 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3508 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3509 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3510 solib breakpoints.) */
3511
3512 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3513 {
3514 continue;
3515 }
3516
3517 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3518 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3519 a.out. */
3520 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
3521 {
3522 delete_breakpoint (b);
3523 continue;
3524 }
3525 }
3526 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3527 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3528 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3529 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3530 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3531 }
3532
3533 int
3534 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3535 {
3536 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3537 int val = 0;
3538 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3539 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3540
3541 if (PIDGET (ptid) == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
3542 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3543
3544 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3545 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3546 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3547 {
3548 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3549 continue;
3550
3551 if (bl->inserted)
3552 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3553 }
3554
3555 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3556 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3557
3558 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3559 return val;
3560 }
3561
3562 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3563 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3564 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3565 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3566 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3567
3568 static int
3569 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3570 {
3571 int val;
3572
3573 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3574 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3575
3576 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3577 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3578 return 0;
3579
3580 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3581 This should not ever happen. */
3582 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3583
3584 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3585 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3586 {
3587 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3588 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3589 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3590
3591 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3592 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3593 || bl->section == NULL
3594 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3595 {
3596 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3597 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3598 }
3599 else
3600 {
3601 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3602 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3603 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3604 {
3605 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3606 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3607 */
3608 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3609 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3610 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3611 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3612 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3613 else
3614 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3615 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3616 }
3617 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3618 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3619 if (bl->inserted)
3620 {
3621 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3622 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3623 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3624 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3625
3626 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3627 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3628 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3629 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3630 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3631 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3632 else
3633 val = 0;
3634 }
3635 else
3636 {
3637 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3638 val = 0;
3639 }
3640 }
3641
3642 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3643 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3644 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3645 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
3646 val = 0;
3647
3648 if (val)
3649 return val;
3650 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3651 }
3652 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3653 {
3654 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3655 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3656
3657 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3658 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3659
3660 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3661 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
3662 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3663 bl->owner->number);
3664 }
3665 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
3666 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3667 && !bl->duplicate)
3668 {
3669 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3670 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3671
3672 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3673 if (val)
3674 return val;
3675
3676 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3677 }
3678
3679 return 0;
3680 }
3681
3682 static int
3683 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3684 {
3685 int ret;
3686 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3687
3688 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3689 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3690
3691 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3692 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3693 return 0;
3694
3695 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3696 This should not ever happen. */
3697 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3698
3699 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
3700
3701 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3702
3703 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
3704
3705 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3706 return ret;
3707 }
3708
3709 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3710
3711 void
3712 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3713 {
3714 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3715
3716 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3717 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
3718 bl->inserted = 0;
3719 }
3720
3721 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3722 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3723
3724 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3725 between runs.
3726
3727 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3728 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3729 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3730
3731
3732
3733 void
3734 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
3735 {
3736 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3737 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3738 int ix;
3739 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
3740
3741 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3742 nothing to do. */
3743 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3744 return;
3745
3746 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3747 {
3748 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3749 if (bl->pspace == pspace
3750 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3751 bl->inserted = 0;
3752 }
3753
3754 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3755 {
3756 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
3757 continue;
3758
3759 switch (b->type)
3760 {
3761 case bp_call_dummy:
3762 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
3763
3764 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3765 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3766 rid of it. */
3767
3768 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3769
3770 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3771
3772 case bp_shlib_event:
3773
3774 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3775 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3776 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3777 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3778 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3779
3780 (gdb) file prog-linux
3781 (gdb) run # native linux target
3782 ...
3783 (gdb) kill
3784 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3785 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3786 */
3787
3788 case bp_step_resume:
3789
3790 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3791
3792 delete_breakpoint (b);
3793 break;
3794
3795 case bp_watchpoint:
3796 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3797 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3798 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3799 {
3800 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3801
3802 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3803 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
3804 delete_breakpoint (b);
3805 else if (context == inf_starting)
3806 {
3807 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3808 insert_breakpoints. */
3809 if (w->val)
3810 value_free (w->val);
3811 w->val = NULL;
3812 w->val_valid = 0;
3813 }
3814 }
3815 break;
3816 default:
3817 break;
3818 }
3819 }
3820
3821 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3822 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
3823 decref_bp_location (&bl);
3824 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
3825 }
3826
3827 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3828 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3829 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3830 match, not program space. */
3831
3832 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3833 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3834 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3835 permanent breakpoint.
3836 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3837 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3838 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3839 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3840 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3841
3842 enum breakpoint_here
3843 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3844 {
3845 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3846 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
3847
3848 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3849 {
3850 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3851 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3852 continue;
3853
3854 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3855 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3856 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3857 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3858 {
3859 if (overlay_debugging
3860 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3861 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3862 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3863 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3864 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
3865 else
3866 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
3867 }
3868 }
3869
3870 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
3871 }
3872
3873 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3874
3875 int
3876 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3877 {
3878 struct bp_location *loc;
3879 int ix;
3880
3881 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
3882 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
3883 return 1;
3884
3885 return 0;
3886 }
3887
3888 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3889 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3890 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3891 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3892
3893 int
3894 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3895 CORE_ADDR pc)
3896 {
3897 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3898
3899 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3900 {
3901 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3902 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3903 continue;
3904
3905 if (bl->inserted
3906 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3907 {
3908 if (overlay_debugging
3909 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3910 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3911 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3912 else
3913 return 1;
3914 }
3915 }
3916 return 0;
3917 }
3918
3919 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3920 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3921
3922 int
3923 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3924 {
3925 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3926 return 1;
3927
3928 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3929 return 1;
3930
3931 return 0;
3932 }
3933
3934 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3935 inserted at PC. */
3936
3937 int
3938 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3939 CORE_ADDR pc)
3940 {
3941 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3942
3943 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3944 {
3945 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
3946 continue;
3947
3948 if (bl->inserted
3949 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
3950 aspace, pc))
3951 {
3952 if (overlay_debugging
3953 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3954 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3955 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3956 else
3957 return 1;
3958 }
3959 }
3960
3961 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3962 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3963 return 1;
3964
3965 return 0;
3966 }
3967
3968 int
3969 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
3970 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
3971 {
3972 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3973
3974 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3975 {
3976 struct bp_location *loc;
3977
3978 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
3979 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
3980 continue;
3981
3982 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3983 continue;
3984
3985 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3986 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
3987 {
3988 CORE_ADDR l, h;
3989
3990 /* Check for intersection. */
3991 l = max (loc->address, addr);
3992 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
3993 if (l < h)
3994 return 1;
3995 }
3996 }
3997 return 0;
3998 }
3999
4000 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
4001 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
4002
4003 int
4004 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
4005 ptid_t ptid)
4006 {
4007 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4008 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4009 int thread = -1;
4010 int task = 0;
4011
4012 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4013 {
4014 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4015 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4016 continue;
4017
4018 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4019 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4020 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4021 continue;
4022
4023 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4024 continue;
4025
4026 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
4027 {
4028 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4029 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4030 it is now time to do so. */
4031 if (thread == -1)
4032 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4033 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
4034 continue;
4035 }
4036
4037 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
4038 {
4039 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4040 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4041 it is now time to do so. */
4042 if (task == 0)
4043 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
4044 if (bl->owner->task != task)
4045 continue;
4046 }
4047
4048 if (overlay_debugging
4049 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4050 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4051 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4052
4053 return 1;
4054 }
4055
4056 return 0;
4057 }
4058 \f
4059
4060 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4061 in breakpoint.h. */
4062
4063 int
4064 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4065 {
4066 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4067 }
4068
4069 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4070 'next' chain. */
4071
4072 static void
4073 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
4074 {
4075 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4076 value_free (bs->old_val);
4077 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4078 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
4079 xfree (bs);
4080 }
4081
4082 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4083 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4084
4085 void
4086 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4087 {
4088 bpstat p;
4089 bpstat q;
4090
4091 if (bsp == 0)
4092 return;
4093 p = *bsp;
4094 while (p != NULL)
4095 {
4096 q = p->next;
4097 bpstat_free (p);
4098 p = q;
4099 }
4100 *bsp = NULL;
4101 }
4102
4103 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4104 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4105
4106 bpstat
4107 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4108 {
4109 bpstat p = NULL;
4110 bpstat tmp;
4111 bpstat retval = NULL;
4112
4113 if (bs == NULL)
4114 return bs;
4115
4116 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4117 {
4118 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
4119 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
4120 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
4121 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
4122 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4123 {
4124 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
4125 release_value (tmp->old_val);
4126 }
4127
4128 if (p == NULL)
4129 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4130 retval = tmp;
4131 else
4132 p->next = tmp;
4133 p = tmp;
4134 }
4135 p->next = NULL;
4136 return retval;
4137 }
4138
4139 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4140
4141 bpstat
4142 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4143 {
4144 if (bsp == NULL)
4145 return NULL;
4146
4147 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4148 {
4149 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4150 return bsp;
4151 }
4152 return NULL;
4153 }
4154
4155 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4156 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4157 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4158 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4159
4160 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4161 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4162 we set it.
4163 Return 1 otherwise. */
4164
4165 int
4166 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4167 {
4168 struct breakpoint *b;
4169
4170 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
4171 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4172
4173 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4174 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4175 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4176 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4177 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4178 if (b == NULL)
4179 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4180
4181 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4182 return 1;
4183 }
4184
4185 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4186
4187 void
4188 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4189 {
4190 struct thread_info *tp;
4191 bpstat bs;
4192
4193 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4194 return;
4195
4196 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4197 if (tp == NULL)
4198 return;
4199
4200 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4201 {
4202 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4203
4204 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4205 {
4206 value_free (bs->old_val);
4207 bs->old_val = NULL;
4208 }
4209 }
4210 }
4211
4212 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4213
4214 static void
4215 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4216 {
4217 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4218 {
4219 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4220
4221 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4222 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4223 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4224 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4225 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4226 return;
4227 }
4228
4229 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4230 }
4231
4232 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4233 command. */
4234 static void
4235 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
4236 {
4237 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
4238 }
4239
4240 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4241 or its equivalent. */
4242
4243 static int
4244 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4245 {
4246 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
4247 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
4248 }
4249
4250 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4251 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4252 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4253 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4254
4255 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4256 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4257 bpstat of the current thread. */
4258
4259 static int
4260 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4261 {
4262 bpstat bs;
4263 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4264 int again = 0;
4265
4266 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4267 in bs->commands. */
4268 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4269 return 0;
4270
4271 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4272 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4273
4274 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4275
4276 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4277 bs = *bsp;
4278
4279 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4280 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4281 {
4282 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4283 struct command_line *cmd;
4284 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4285
4286 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4287
4288 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4289 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4290 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4291 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4292 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4293 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4294 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4295 the tree when we're done. */
4296 ccmd = bs->commands;
4297 bs->commands = NULL;
4298 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4299 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4300 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4301 {
4302 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4303 cmd = cmd->next;
4304 }
4305
4306 while (cmd != NULL)
4307 {
4308 execute_control_command (cmd);
4309
4310 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4311 break;
4312 else
4313 cmd = cmd->next;
4314 }
4315
4316 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4317 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4318
4319 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4320 {
4321 if (target_can_async_p ())
4322 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4323 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4324 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4325 ;
4326 else
4327 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4328 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4329 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4330 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4331 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4332 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4333 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4334 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4335 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4336 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4337 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4338 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4339 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4340 again = 1;
4341 break;
4342 }
4343 }
4344 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4345 return again;
4346 }
4347
4348 void
4349 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4350 {
4351 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4352
4353 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4354 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4355 && target_has_execution
4356 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4357 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4358 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4359 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4360 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4361 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4362 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4363 break;
4364
4365 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4366 }
4367
4368 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4369
4370 static void
4371 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4372 {
4373 if (val == NULL)
4374 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4375 else
4376 {
4377 struct value_print_options opts;
4378 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4379 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4380 }
4381 }
4382
4383 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4384 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4385 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4386 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4387 normal_stop(). */
4388
4389 static enum print_stop_action
4390 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4391 {
4392 switch (bs->print_it)
4393 {
4394 case print_it_noop:
4395 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4396 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4397 break;
4398
4399 case print_it_done:
4400 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4401 relevant messages. */
4402 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4403 break;
4404
4405 case print_it_normal:
4406 {
4407 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4408
4409 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4410 which has since been deleted. */
4411 if (b == NULL)
4412 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4413
4414 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4415 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4416 }
4417 break;
4418
4419 default:
4420 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4421 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4422 break;
4423 }
4424 }
4425
4426 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4427
4428 static void
4429 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4430 {
4431 int any_deleted
4432 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4433 int any_added
4434 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4435
4436 if (!is_catchpoint)
4437 {
4438 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4439 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4440 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4441 else
4442 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4443 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4444 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4445 }
4446
4447 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4448 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4449 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4450
4451 if (any_deleted)
4452 {
4453 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4454 char *name;
4455 int ix;
4456
4457 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4458 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4459 "removed");
4460 for (ix = 0;
4461 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4462 ix, name);
4463 ++ix)
4464 {
4465 if (ix > 0)
4466 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4467 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4468 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4469 }
4470
4471 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4472 }
4473
4474 if (any_added)
4475 {
4476 struct so_list *iter;
4477 int ix;
4478 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4479
4480 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4481 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4482 "added");
4483 for (ix = 0;
4484 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4485 ix, iter);
4486 ++ix)
4487 {
4488 if (ix > 0)
4489 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4490 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4491 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4492 }
4493
4494 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4495 }
4496 }
4497
4498 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4499 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4500 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4501 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4502 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4503 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4504 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4505 routine is one of:
4506
4507 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4508 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4509 code to print the location. An example is
4510 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4511 the location.
4512 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4513 to also print the location part of the message.
4514 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4515 don't require a location appended to the end.
4516 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4517 further info to be printed. */
4518
4519 enum print_stop_action
4520 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4521 {
4522 int val;
4523
4524 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4525 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4526 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4527 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4528 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4529 {
4530 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4531 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4532 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4533 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4534 return val;
4535 }
4536
4537 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4538 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4539 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4540 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4541 {
4542 print_solib_event (0);
4543 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4544 }
4545
4546 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4547 with and nothing was printed. */
4548 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4549 }
4550
4551 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
4552 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
4553 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4554 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4555
4556 static int
4557 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4558 {
4559 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4560 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4561
4562 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4563 return i;
4564 }
4565
4566 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4567
4568 static bpstat
4569 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4570 {
4571 bpstat bs;
4572
4573 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4574 bs->next = NULL;
4575 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4576 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4577 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4578 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4579 incref_bp_location (bl);
4580 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4581 bs->commands = NULL;
4582 bs->old_val = NULL;
4583 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4584 return bs;
4585 }
4586 \f
4587 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4588 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4589
4590 int
4591 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4592 {
4593 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4594 CORE_ADDR addr;
4595 struct breakpoint *b;
4596
4597 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4598 {
4599 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4600 as not triggered. */
4601 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4602 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4603 {
4604 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4605
4606 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4607 }
4608
4609 return 0;
4610 }
4611
4612 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
4613 {
4614 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4615 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4616 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4617 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4618 {
4619 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4620
4621 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4622 }
4623
4624 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
4625 }
4626
4627 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4628 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4629 triggered. */
4630
4631 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4632 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4633 {
4634 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4635 struct bp_location *loc;
4636
4637 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4638 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4639 {
4640 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4641 {
4642 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4643 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4644
4645 if (newaddr == start)
4646 {
4647 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4648 break;
4649 }
4650 }
4651 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4652 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
4653 addr, loc->address,
4654 loc->length))
4655 {
4656 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4657 break;
4658 }
4659 }
4660 }
4661
4662 return 1;
4663 }
4664
4665 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4666 because of check_errors). */
4667 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4668 #define WP_DELETED 1
4669 /* The value has changed. */
4670 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4671 /* The value has not changed. */
4672 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4673 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4674 #define WP_IGNORE 4
4675
4676 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4677 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4678
4679 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4680 changed.
4681
4682 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4683 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4684
4685 static int
4686 watchpoint_check (void *p)
4687 {
4688 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
4689 struct watchpoint *b;
4690 struct frame_info *fr;
4691 int within_current_scope;
4692
4693 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4694 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4695 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4696
4697 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4698 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4699 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4700 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4701 return WP_IGNORE;
4702
4703 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4704 within_current_scope = 1;
4705 else
4706 {
4707 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4708 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4709 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4710
4711 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4712 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4713 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4714 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4715 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4716 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4717 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4718 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4719 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4720 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
4721 return WP_IGNORE;
4722
4723 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
4724 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
4725
4726 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4727 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4728 if (within_current_scope)
4729 {
4730 struct symbol *function;
4731
4732 function = get_frame_function (fr);
4733 if (function == NULL
4734 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
4735 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
4736 within_current_scope = 0;
4737 }
4738
4739 if (within_current_scope)
4740 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4741 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4742 the user. */
4743 select_frame (fr);
4744 }
4745
4746 if (within_current_scope)
4747 {
4748 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4749 time before we return to the command level and call
4750 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4751 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4752
4753 int pc = 0;
4754 struct value *mark;
4755 struct value *new_val;
4756
4757 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
4758 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4759 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4760 a mask watchpoint. */
4761 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4762
4763 mark = value_mark ();
4764 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
4765
4766 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4767 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4768 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4769 not what we want. */
4770 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
4771 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
4772 {
4773 if (new_val != NULL)
4774 {
4775 release_value (new_val);
4776 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4777 }
4778 bs->old_val = b->val;
4779 b->val = new_val;
4780 b->val_valid = 1;
4781 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4782 }
4783 else
4784 {
4785 /* Nothing changed. */
4786 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4787 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
4788 }
4789 }
4790 else
4791 {
4792 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4793
4794 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4795 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4796 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4797 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4798 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4799 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4800 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4801 the first value assigned). */
4802 /* We print all the stop information in
4803 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4804 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4805 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4806 here. */
4807 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4808 ui_out_field_string
4809 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
4810 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
4811 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
4812 ui_out_text (uiout,
4813 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4814 which its expression is valid.\n");
4815
4816 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4817 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
4818 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4819
4820 return WP_DELETED;
4821 }
4822 }
4823
4824 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4825 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4826 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4827
4828 static int
4829 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
4830 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
4831 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4832 {
4833 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
4834
4835 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4836 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4837
4838 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
4839 }
4840
4841 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4842 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4843
4844 static void
4845 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
4846 {
4847 const struct bp_location *bl;
4848 struct watchpoint *b;
4849
4850 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4851 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4852 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4853 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4854 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4855
4856 {
4857 int must_check_value = 0;
4858
4859 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4860 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4861 watched value. */
4862 must_check_value = 1;
4863 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
4864 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4865 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4866 this watchpoint. */
4867 must_check_value = 1;
4868 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
4869 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4870 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4871 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4872 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4873 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4874 must_check_value = 1;
4875
4876 if (must_check_value)
4877 {
4878 char *message
4879 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4880 b->base.number);
4881 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
4882 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
4883 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
4884 do_cleanups (cleanups);
4885 switch (e)
4886 {
4887 case WP_DELETED:
4888 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4889 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4890 /* Stop. */
4891 break;
4892 case WP_IGNORE:
4893 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4894 bs->stop = 0;
4895 break;
4896 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
4897 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4898 {
4899 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4900
4901 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4902 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4903 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4904 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4905 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4906 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4907 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4908 old value.
4909
4910 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4911 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4912 happen:
4913
4914 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4915 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4916 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4917 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4918
4919 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4920 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4921 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4922 watchpoint.
4923
4924 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4925 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4926 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4927 changes. This still gives false positives when
4928 the program writes the same value to memory as
4929 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4930 it for a read), but it's much better than
4931 nothing. */
4932
4933 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
4934
4935 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
4936 {
4937 struct breakpoint *other_b;
4938
4939 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
4940 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4941 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
4942 {
4943 struct watchpoint *other_w =
4944 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
4945
4946 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
4947 == watch_triggered_yes)
4948 {
4949 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
4950 break;
4951 }
4952 }
4953 }
4954
4955 if (other_write_watchpoint
4956 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
4957 {
4958 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4959 and the value changed since the last time we
4960 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4961 Ignore it. */
4962 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4963 bs->stop = 0;
4964 }
4965 }
4966 break;
4967 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
4968 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4969 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4970 {
4971 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4972 the value hasn't changed. */
4973 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4974 bs->stop = 0;
4975 }
4976 /* Stop. */
4977 break;
4978 default:
4979 /* Can't happen. */
4980 case 0:
4981 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4982 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
4983 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4984 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4985 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4986 break;
4987 }
4988 }
4989 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
4990 {
4991 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
4992 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
4993 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
4994 anything for this watchpoint. */
4995 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4996 bs->stop = 0;
4997 }
4998 }
4999 }
5000
5001
5002 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5003 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5004 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5005
5006 static void
5007 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
5008 {
5009 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
5010 const struct bp_location *bl;
5011 struct breakpoint *b;
5012
5013 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5014 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5015 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5016 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5017 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5018
5019 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5020 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5021 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5022
5023 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5024 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5025 bs->stop = 0;
5026 else if (bs->stop)
5027 {
5028 int value_is_zero = 0;
5029 struct expression *cond;
5030
5031 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
5032 method implemented. */
5033 if (b->py_bp_object)
5034 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
5035
5036 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5037 {
5038 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5039
5040 cond = w->cond_exp;
5041 }
5042 else
5043 cond = bl->cond;
5044
5045 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5046 {
5047 int within_current_scope = 1;
5048 struct watchpoint * w;
5049
5050 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5051 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5052 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5053 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5054 function call. */
5055 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5056
5057 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5058 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5059 else
5060 w = NULL;
5061
5062 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5063 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5064 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5065 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5066 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5067 call site. */
5068 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5069 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5070 else
5071 {
5072 struct frame_info *frame;
5073
5074 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5075 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5076 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5077 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5078 really matter which instantiation of the function
5079 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5080 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5081 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5082 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5083 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5084 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5085 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5086 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5087 intuitive. */
5088 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5089 if (frame != NULL)
5090 select_frame (frame);
5091 else
5092 within_current_scope = 0;
5093 }
5094 if (within_current_scope)
5095 value_is_zero
5096 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
5097 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5098 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5099 else
5100 {
5101 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5102 "in the current scope"));
5103 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5104 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5105 value_is_zero = 0;
5106 }
5107 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5108 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5109 }
5110
5111 if (cond && value_is_zero)
5112 {
5113 bs->stop = 0;
5114 }
5115 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
5116 {
5117 bs->stop = 0;
5118 }
5119 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5120 {
5121 b->ignore_count--;
5122 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
5123 bs->stop = 0;
5124 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5125 ++(b->hit_count);
5126 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5127 }
5128 }
5129 }
5130
5131
5132 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5133 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5134
5135 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5136 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5137 that:
5138
5139 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5140
5141 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5142
5143 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5144 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5145 several reasons concurrently.)
5146
5147 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5148 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5149
5150 bpstat
5151 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
5152 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5153 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5154 {
5155 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5156 struct bp_location *bl;
5157 struct bp_location *loc;
5158 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5159 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5160 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5161 bpstat bs;
5162 int ix;
5163 int need_remove_insert;
5164 int removed_any;
5165
5166 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5167 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5168 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5169 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5170 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5171 inferior function calls. */
5172
5173 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5174 {
5175 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5176 continue;
5177
5178 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5179 {
5180 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5181 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5182 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5183 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5184 checked all locations already. */
5185 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5186 break;
5187
5188 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5189 continue;
5190
5191 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5192 continue;
5193
5194 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5195 matches. */
5196
5197 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5198 explain stop. */
5199
5200 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5201 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5202 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5203 bs->stop = 1;
5204 bs->print = 1;
5205
5206 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5207 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5208 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5209 iteration. */
5210 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5211 {
5212 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5213
5214 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5215 }
5216 }
5217 }
5218
5219 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5220 {
5221 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
5222 {
5223 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
5224 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5225 bs->stop = 0;
5226 bs->print = 0;
5227 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5228 }
5229 }
5230
5231 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5232 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5233 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5234 "catch unload". */
5235 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5236 {
5237 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5238 {
5239 handle_solib_event ();
5240 break;
5241 }
5242 }
5243
5244 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5245 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5246 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5247
5248 removed_any = 0;
5249
5250 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5251 {
5252 if (!bs->stop)
5253 continue;
5254
5255 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5256 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5257 if (bs->stop)
5258 {
5259 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5260
5261 if (bs->stop)
5262 {
5263 ++(b->hit_count);
5264 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5265
5266 /* We will stop here. */
5267 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5268 {
5269 --(b->enable_count);
5270 if (b->enable_count <= 0
5271 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5272 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5273 removed_any = 1;
5274 }
5275 if (b->silent)
5276 bs->print = 0;
5277 bs->commands = b->commands;
5278 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5279 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5280 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5281 bs->print = 0;
5282 }
5283
5284 }
5285
5286 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5287 print. */
5288 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5289 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5290 }
5291
5292 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5293 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5294 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5295 done later. */
5296 need_remove_insert = 0;
5297 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5298 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5299 if (!bs->stop
5300 && bs->breakpoint_at
5301 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5302 {
5303 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5304
5305 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5306 need_remove_insert = 1;
5307 }
5308
5309 if (need_remove_insert)
5310 update_global_location_list (1);
5311 else if (removed_any)
5312 update_global_location_list (0);
5313
5314 return bs_head;
5315 }
5316
5317 static void
5318 handle_jit_event (void)
5319 {
5320 struct frame_info *frame;
5321 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5322
5323 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5324 breakpoint_re_set. */
5325 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5326
5327 frame = get_current_frame ();
5328 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5329
5330 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5331
5332 target_terminal_inferior ();
5333 }
5334
5335 /* Handle an solib event by calling solib_add. */
5336
5337 void
5338 handle_solib_event (void)
5339 {
5340 clear_program_space_solib_cache (current_inferior ()->pspace);
5341
5342 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed to
5343 be adding them automatically. Switch terminal for any messages
5344 produced by breakpoint_re_set. */
5345 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5346 #ifdef SOLIB_ADD
5347 SOLIB_ADD (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
5348 #else
5349 solib_add (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
5350 #endif
5351 target_terminal_inferior ();
5352 }
5353
5354 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5355
5356 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5357
5358 struct bpstat_what
5359 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5360 {
5361 struct bpstat_what retval;
5362 int jit_event = 0;
5363 bpstat bs;
5364
5365 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5366 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5367 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5368
5369 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5370 {
5371 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5372 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5373 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5374 enum bptype bptype;
5375
5376 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5377 {
5378 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5379 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5380 bptype = bp_none;
5381 }
5382 else
5383 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5384
5385 switch (bptype)
5386 {
5387 case bp_none:
5388 break;
5389 case bp_breakpoint:
5390 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5391 case bp_until:
5392 case bp_finish:
5393 case bp_shlib_event:
5394 if (bs->stop)
5395 {
5396 if (bs->print)
5397 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5398 else
5399 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5400 }
5401 else
5402 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5403 break;
5404 case bp_watchpoint:
5405 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5406 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5407 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5408 if (bs->stop)
5409 {
5410 if (bs->print)
5411 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5412 else
5413 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5414 }
5415 else
5416 {
5417 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5418 This requires no further action. */
5419 }
5420 break;
5421 case bp_longjmp:
5422 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5423 case bp_exception:
5424 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5425 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5426 break;
5427 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5428 case bp_exception_resume:
5429 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5430 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5431 break;
5432 case bp_step_resume:
5433 if (bs->stop)
5434 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5435 else
5436 {
5437 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5438 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5439 }
5440 break;
5441 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5442 if (bs->stop)
5443 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5444 else
5445 {
5446 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5447 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5448 }
5449 break;
5450 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5451 case bp_thread_event:
5452 case bp_overlay_event:
5453 case bp_longjmp_master:
5454 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5455 case bp_exception_master:
5456 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5457 break;
5458 case bp_catchpoint:
5459 if (bs->stop)
5460 {
5461 if (bs->print)
5462 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5463 else
5464 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5465 }
5466 else
5467 {
5468 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5469 This requires no further action. */
5470 }
5471 break;
5472 case bp_jit_event:
5473 jit_event = 1;
5474 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5475 break;
5476 case bp_call_dummy:
5477 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5478 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5479 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5480 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5481 break;
5482 case bp_std_terminate:
5483 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5484 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5485 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5486 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5487 break;
5488 case bp_tracepoint:
5489 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5490 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5491 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5492 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5493 out already. */
5494 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5495 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5496 break;
5497 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5498 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5499 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5500 break;
5501 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5502 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5503 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5504 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5505 break;
5506
5507 case bp_dprintf:
5508 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5509 break;
5510
5511 default:
5512 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5513 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5514 }
5515
5516 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5517 }
5518
5519 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5520 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5521
5522 if (jit_event)
5523 {
5524 if (debug_infrun)
5525 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5526
5527 handle_jit_event ();
5528 }
5529
5530 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5531 {
5532 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5533
5534 if (b == NULL)
5535 continue;
5536 switch (b->type)
5537 {
5538 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5539 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5540 break;
5541 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5542 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5543 break;
5544 }
5545 }
5546
5547 return retval;
5548 }
5549
5550 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5551 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5552 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5553
5554 int
5555 bpstat_should_step (void)
5556 {
5557 struct breakpoint *b;
5558
5559 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5560 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5561 return 1;
5562 return 0;
5563 }
5564
5565 int
5566 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5567 {
5568 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5569 if (bs->stop)
5570 return 1;
5571
5572 return 0;
5573 }
5574
5575 \f
5576
5577 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5578 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5579 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5580
5581 static char *
5582 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5583 {
5584 static char wrap_indent[80];
5585 int i, total_width, width, align;
5586 char *text;
5587
5588 total_width = 0;
5589 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5590 {
5591 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5592 {
5593 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5594 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5595 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5596
5597 return wrap_indent;
5598 }
5599
5600 total_width += width + 1;
5601 }
5602
5603 return NULL;
5604 }
5605
5606 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5607 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5608
5609 "host": Host evals condition.
5610 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5611 "target": Target evals condition.
5612 */
5613
5614 static const char *
5615 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5616 {
5617 struct bp_location *bl;
5618 char host_evals = 0;
5619 char target_evals = 0;
5620
5621 if (!b)
5622 return NULL;
5623
5624 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5625 return NULL;
5626
5627 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5628 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5629 return condition_evaluation_host;
5630
5631 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5632 {
5633 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5634 target_evals++;
5635 else
5636 host_evals++;
5637 }
5638
5639 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5640 return condition_evaluation_both;
5641 else if (target_evals)
5642 return condition_evaluation_target;
5643 else
5644 return condition_evaluation_host;
5645 }
5646
5647 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5648 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5649
5650 static const char *
5651 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5652 {
5653 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5654 return NULL;
5655
5656 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5657 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5658 return condition_evaluation_host;
5659
5660 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5661 return condition_evaluation_target;
5662 else
5663 return condition_evaluation_host;
5664 }
5665
5666 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5667
5668 static void
5669 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5670 struct bp_location *loc)
5671 {
5672 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5673 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
5674
5675 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5676 loc = NULL;
5677
5678 if (loc != NULL)
5679 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5680
5681 if (b->display_canonical)
5682 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
5683 else if (loc && loc->source_file)
5684 {
5685 struct symbol *sym
5686 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
5687 if (sym)
5688 {
5689 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
5690 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
5691 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
5692 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
5693 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5694 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
5695 }
5696 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", loc->source_file);
5697 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
5698
5699 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5700 {
5701 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
5702 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
5703
5704 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
5705 }
5706
5707 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
5708 }
5709 else if (loc)
5710 {
5711 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
5712 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
5713
5714 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
5715 demangle, "");
5716 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
5717
5718 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
5719 }
5720 else
5721 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
5722
5723 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
5724 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5725 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
5726 {
5727 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
5728 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
5729 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
5730 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
5731 }
5732
5733 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5734 }
5735
5736 static const char *
5737 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
5738 {
5739 struct ep_type_description
5740 {
5741 enum bptype type;
5742 char *description;
5743 };
5744 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
5745 {
5746 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
5747 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
5748 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
5749 {bp_until, "until"},
5750 {bp_finish, "finish"},
5751 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
5752 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
5753 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
5754 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
5755 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
5756 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
5757 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5758 {bp_exception, "exception"},
5759 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
5760 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
5761 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
5762 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
5763 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
5764 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
5765 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
5766 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
5767 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
5768 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
5769 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
5770 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
5771 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
5772 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
5773 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
5774 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
5775 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
5776 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
5777 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5778 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5779 };
5780
5781 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
5782 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
5783 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5784 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5785 (int) type);
5786
5787 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
5788 }
5789
5790 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5791
5792 static void
5793 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5794 struct bp_location *loc,
5795 int loc_number,
5796 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5797 int allflag)
5798 {
5799 struct command_line *l;
5800 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
5801
5802 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5803 int header_of_multiple = 0;
5804 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
5805 struct value_print_options opts;
5806
5807 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5808
5809 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
5810 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5811 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5812 if (loc == NULL
5813 && (b->loc != NULL
5814 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
5815 header_of_multiple = 1;
5816 if (loc == NULL)
5817 loc = b->loc;
5818
5819 annotate_record ();
5820
5821 /* 1 */
5822 annotate_field (0);
5823 if (part_of_multiple)
5824 {
5825 char *formatted;
5826 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
5827 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
5828 xfree (formatted);
5829 }
5830 else
5831 {
5832 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5833 }
5834
5835 /* 2 */
5836 annotate_field (1);
5837 if (part_of_multiple)
5838 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
5839 else
5840 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
5841
5842 /* 3 */
5843 annotate_field (2);
5844 if (part_of_multiple)
5845 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
5846 else
5847 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
5848
5849
5850 /* 4 */
5851 annotate_field (3);
5852 if (part_of_multiple)
5853 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
5854 else
5855 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
5856 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
5857 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
5858
5859
5860 /* 5 and 6 */
5861 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
5862 {
5863 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5864 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5865 make sure there's just one location. */
5866 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
5867 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
5868 }
5869 else
5870 switch (b->type)
5871 {
5872 case bp_none:
5873 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5874 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
5875 break;
5876
5877 case bp_watchpoint:
5878 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5879 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5880 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5881 {
5882 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5883
5884 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5885 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5886 is relatively readable). */
5887 if (opts.addressprint)
5888 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
5889 annotate_field (5);
5890 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
5891 }
5892 break;
5893
5894 case bp_breakpoint:
5895 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5896 case bp_until:
5897 case bp_finish:
5898 case bp_longjmp:
5899 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5900 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5901 case bp_exception:
5902 case bp_exception_resume:
5903 case bp_step_resume:
5904 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5905 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5906 case bp_call_dummy:
5907 case bp_std_terminate:
5908 case bp_shlib_event:
5909 case bp_thread_event:
5910 case bp_overlay_event:
5911 case bp_longjmp_master:
5912 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5913 case bp_exception_master:
5914 case bp_tracepoint:
5915 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5916 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5917 case bp_dprintf:
5918 case bp_jit_event:
5919 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5920 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5921 if (opts.addressprint)
5922 {
5923 annotate_field (4);
5924 if (header_of_multiple)
5925 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
5926 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
5927 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
5928 else
5929 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
5930 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
5931 }
5932 annotate_field (5);
5933 if (!header_of_multiple)
5934 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
5935 if (b->loc)
5936 *last_loc = b->loc;
5937 break;
5938 }
5939
5940
5941 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
5942 are several. */
5943 if (loc != NULL
5944 && !header_of_multiple
5945 && (allflag
5946 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
5947 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
5948 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
5949 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
5950 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
5951 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint)))
5952 {
5953 struct inferior *inf;
5954 int first = 1;
5955
5956 for (inf = inferior_list; inf != NULL; inf = inf->next)
5957 {
5958 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
5959 {
5960 if (first)
5961 {
5962 first = 0;
5963 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
5964 }
5965 else
5966 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
5967 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf->num));
5968 }
5969 }
5970 }
5971
5972 if (!part_of_multiple)
5973 {
5974 if (b->thread != -1)
5975 {
5976 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
5977 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
5978 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
5979 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
5980 }
5981 else if (b->task != 0)
5982 {
5983 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
5984 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
5985 }
5986 }
5987
5988 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5989
5990 if (!part_of_multiple)
5991 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
5992
5993 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
5994 {
5995 annotate_field (6);
5996 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
5997 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
5998 the frame ID. */
5999 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
6000 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6001 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6002 }
6003
6004 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6005 {
6006 annotate_field (7);
6007 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6008 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
6009 else
6010 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
6011 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
6012
6013 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6014 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6015 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6016 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6017 == condition_evaluation_target)
6018 {
6019 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6020 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6021 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6022 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
6023 }
6024 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6025 }
6026
6027 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6028 {
6029 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6030 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
6031 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6032 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6033 }
6034
6035 if (!part_of_multiple)
6036 {
6037 if (b->hit_count)
6038 {
6039 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6040 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6041 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
6042 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6043 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
6044 else
6045 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
6046 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
6047 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6048 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6049 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
6050 else
6051 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
6052 }
6053 else
6054 {
6055 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6056 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6057 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6058 }
6059 }
6060
6061 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6062 {
6063 annotate_field (8);
6064 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
6065 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
6066 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6067 }
6068
6069 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6070 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6071 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6072 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6073 {
6074 annotate_field (8);
6075 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
6076 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6077 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6078 if (b->ignore_count)
6079 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
6080 else
6081 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
6082 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
6083 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6084 }
6085
6086 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6087 {
6088 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6089
6090 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6091 {
6092 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6093 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6094 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
6095 }
6096 }
6097
6098 if (!part_of_multiple && b->extra_string
6099 && b->type == bp_dprintf && !b->commands)
6100 {
6101 annotate_field (7);
6102 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t(agent printf) ");
6103 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "printf", b->extra_string);
6104 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6105 }
6106
6107 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
6108 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6109 {
6110 struct cleanup *script_chain;
6111
6112 annotate_field (9);
6113 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
6114 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6115 do_cleanups (script_chain);
6116 }
6117
6118 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6119 {
6120 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6121
6122 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6123 {
6124 annotate_field (10);
6125 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
6126 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
6127 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6128 }
6129
6130 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6131 pending. */
6132 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6133 {
6134 annotate_field (11);
6135
6136 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6137 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "installed",
6138 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6139 else
6140 {
6141 if (loc->inserted)
6142 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t");
6143 else
6144 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tnot ");
6145 ui_out_text (uiout, "installed on target\n");
6146 }
6147 }
6148 }
6149
6150 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
6151 {
6152 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6153 {
6154 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6155
6156 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
6157 }
6158 else if (b->addr_string)
6159 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
6160 }
6161 }
6162
6163 static void
6164 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6165 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6166 int allflag)
6167 {
6168 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
6169 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6170
6171 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
6172
6173 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6174 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
6175
6176 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6177 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6178 locations, if any. */
6179 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6180 {
6181 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6182 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6183 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6184 situation.
6185
6186 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6187 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6188 if (b->loc
6189 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6190 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6191 {
6192 struct bp_location *loc;
6193 int n = 1;
6194
6195 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6196 {
6197 struct cleanup *inner2 =
6198 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
6199 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6200 do_cleanups (inner2);
6201 }
6202 }
6203 }
6204 }
6205
6206 static int
6207 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6208 {
6209 int print_address_bits = 0;
6210 struct bp_location *loc;
6211
6212 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6213 {
6214 int addr_bit;
6215
6216 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6217 an address to print. */
6218 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
6219 continue;
6220
6221 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6222 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6223 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6224 }
6225
6226 return print_address_bits;
6227 }
6228
6229 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6230 {
6231 int bnum;
6232 };
6233
6234 static int
6235 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
6236 {
6237 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
6238 struct breakpoint *b;
6239 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6240
6241 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6242 {
6243 if (args->bnum == b->number)
6244 {
6245 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6246 return GDB_RC_OK;
6247 }
6248 }
6249 return GDB_RC_NONE;
6250 }
6251
6252 enum gdb_rc
6253 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
6254 char **error_message)
6255 {
6256 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
6257
6258 args.bnum = bnum;
6259 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6260 an error. */
6261 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
6262 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
6263 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
6264 else
6265 return GDB_RC_OK;
6266 }
6267
6268 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6269 internal or momentary. */
6270
6271 int
6272 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6273 {
6274 return b->number > 0;
6275 }
6276
6277 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6278 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6279 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6280 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6281 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6282 breakpoints listed. */
6283
6284 static int
6285 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
6286 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6287 {
6288 struct breakpoint *b;
6289 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6290 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6291 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
6292 struct value_print_options opts;
6293 int print_address_bits = 0;
6294 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6295 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6296
6297 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6298
6299 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6300 required for address fields. */
6301 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6302 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6303 {
6304 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6305 if (filter && !filter (b))
6306 continue;
6307
6308 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6309 accept. Skip the others. */
6310 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6311 {
6312 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6313 continue;
6314 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6315 continue;
6316 }
6317
6318 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6319 {
6320 int addr_bit, type_len;
6321
6322 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6323 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6324 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6325
6326 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6327 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6328 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6329
6330 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6331 }
6332 }
6333
6334 if (opts.addressprint)
6335 bkpttbl_chain
6336 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6337 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6338 "BreakpointTable");
6339 else
6340 bkpttbl_chain
6341 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6342 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6343 "BreakpointTable");
6344
6345 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6346 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6347 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6348 annotate_field (0);
6349 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6350 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6351 annotate_field (1);
6352 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
6353 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6354 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6355 annotate_field (2);
6356 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6357 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6358 annotate_field (3);
6359 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6360 if (opts.addressprint)
6361 {
6362 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6363 annotate_field (4);
6364 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6365 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6366 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6367 else
6368 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6369 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6370 }
6371 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6372 annotate_field (5);
6373 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6374 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6375 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6376 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6377
6378 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6379 {
6380 QUIT;
6381 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6382 if (filter && !filter (b))
6383 continue;
6384
6385 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6386 accept. Skip the others. */
6387
6388 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6389 {
6390 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6391 {
6392 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6393 continue;
6394 }
6395 else /* all others */
6396 {
6397 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6398 continue;
6399 }
6400 }
6401 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6402 allflag is set. */
6403 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6404 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6405 }
6406
6407 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6408
6409 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6410 {
6411 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6412 empty list. */
6413 if (!filter)
6414 {
6415 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6416 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6417 else
6418 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6419 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6420 args);
6421 }
6422 }
6423 else
6424 {
6425 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6426 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6427 }
6428
6429 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6430 there have been breakpoints? */
6431 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6432
6433 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6434 }
6435
6436 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6437 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6438
6439 static void
6440 default_collect_info (void)
6441 {
6442 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6443
6444 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6445 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6446 not wanted. */
6447 if (!*default_collect)
6448 return;
6449
6450 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6451 actions. */
6452 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6453 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6454 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6455 }
6456
6457 static void
6458 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6459 {
6460 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6461
6462 default_collect_info ();
6463 }
6464
6465 static void
6466 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6467 {
6468 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6469 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6470
6471 if (num_printed == 0)
6472 {
6473 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6474 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6475 else
6476 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6477 }
6478 }
6479
6480 static void
6481 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6482 {
6483 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6484
6485 default_collect_info ();
6486 }
6487
6488 static int
6489 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6490 struct program_space *pspace,
6491 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6492 {
6493 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6494
6495 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6496 {
6497 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6498 && bl->address == pc
6499 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6500 return 1;
6501 }
6502 return 0;
6503 }
6504
6505 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6506 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6507 address spaces. */
6508
6509 static void
6510 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6511 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6512 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6513 {
6514 int others = 0;
6515 struct breakpoint *b;
6516
6517 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6518 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6519 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6520 if (others > 0)
6521 {
6522 if (others == 1)
6523 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6524 else /* if (others == ???) */
6525 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6526 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6527 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6528 {
6529 others--;
6530 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6531 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6532 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6533 else if (b->thread != -1)
6534 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6535 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6536 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6537 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6538 ? " (disabled)"
6539 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
6540 ? " (permanent)"
6541 : ""),
6542 (others > 1) ? ","
6543 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6544 }
6545 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6546 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6547 printf_filtered (".\n");
6548 }
6549 }
6550 \f
6551
6552 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6553 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6554 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6555 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6556
6557 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6558 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6559 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6560 breakpoint at address zero:
6561
6562 bp_watchpoint
6563 bp_catchpoint
6564
6565 */
6566
6567 static int
6568 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6569 {
6570 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6571
6572 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6573 }
6574
6575 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6576 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6577
6578 static int
6579 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6580 struct bp_location *loc2)
6581 {
6582 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6583 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6584
6585 /* Both of them must exist. */
6586 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6587 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6588
6589 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6590 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6591 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6592 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6593 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6594 other watchpoint. */
6595 if ((w1->cond_exp
6596 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6597 loc1->length,
6598 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6599 w1->cond_exp))
6600 || (w2->cond_exp
6601 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6602 loc2->length,
6603 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6604 w2->cond_exp)))
6605 return 0;
6606
6607 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6608 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6609 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6610 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6611 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6612 become hw_access locations later. */
6613 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6614 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6615 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6616 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6617 }
6618
6619 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6620 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6621 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6622 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6623
6624 static int
6625 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6626 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6627 {
6628 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6629 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6630 && addr1 == addr2);
6631 }
6632
6633 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6634 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6635 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6636 space doesn't really matter. */
6637
6638 static int
6639 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6640 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
6641 CORE_ADDR addr2)
6642 {
6643 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6644 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6645 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6646 }
6647
6648 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6649 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6650 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6651 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6652
6653 static int
6654 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6655 struct address_space *aspace,
6656 CORE_ADDR addr)
6657 {
6658 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6659 aspace, addr)
6660 || (bl->length
6661 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6662 bl->address, bl->length,
6663 aspace, addr)));
6664 }
6665
6666 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6667 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6668 true, otherwise returns false. */
6669
6670 static int
6671 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6672 struct bp_location *loc2)
6673 {
6674 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6675 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6676 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6677 different locations. */
6678 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6679 else
6680 return 0;
6681 }
6682
6683 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6684 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6685 represent the same location. */
6686
6687 static int
6688 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6689 struct bp_location *loc2)
6690 {
6691 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6692
6693 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6694 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
6695 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
6696
6697 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
6698 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
6699
6700 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
6701 return 0;
6702 else if (hw_point1)
6703 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6704 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6705 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6706 else
6707 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6708 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
6709 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
6710 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6711 }
6712
6713 static void
6714 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
6715 int bnum, int have_bnum)
6716 {
6717 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6718 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6719 char astr1[64];
6720 char astr2[64];
6721
6722 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
6723 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
6724 if (have_bnum)
6725 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6726 bnum, astr1, astr2);
6727 else
6728 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
6729 }
6730
6731 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6732 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6733 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6734 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6735
6736 static CORE_ADDR
6737 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6738 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
6739 {
6740 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
6741 {
6742 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6743 return bpaddr;
6744 }
6745 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
6746 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
6747 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
6748 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
6749 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
6750 {
6751 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6752 have their addresses modified. */
6753 return bpaddr;
6754 }
6755 else
6756 {
6757 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
6758
6759 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6760 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6761 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
6762
6763 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6764 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6765 is required. */
6766 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
6767 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
6768
6769 return adjusted_bpaddr;
6770 }
6771 }
6772
6773 void
6774 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
6775 struct breakpoint *owner)
6776 {
6777 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
6778
6779 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6780
6781 loc->ops = ops;
6782 loc->owner = owner;
6783 loc->cond = NULL;
6784 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
6785 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
6786 loc->enabled = 1;
6787
6788 switch (owner->type)
6789 {
6790 case bp_breakpoint:
6791 case bp_until:
6792 case bp_finish:
6793 case bp_longjmp:
6794 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6795 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6796 case bp_exception:
6797 case bp_exception_resume:
6798 case bp_step_resume:
6799 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6800 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6801 case bp_call_dummy:
6802 case bp_std_terminate:
6803 case bp_shlib_event:
6804 case bp_thread_event:
6805 case bp_overlay_event:
6806 case bp_jit_event:
6807 case bp_longjmp_master:
6808 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6809 case bp_exception_master:
6810 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6811 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6812 case bp_dprintf:
6813 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
6814 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6815 break;
6816 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6817 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
6818 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6819 break;
6820 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6821 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6822 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6823 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
6824 break;
6825 case bp_watchpoint:
6826 case bp_catchpoint:
6827 case bp_tracepoint:
6828 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6829 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6830 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
6831 break;
6832 default:
6833 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6834 }
6835
6836 loc->refc = 1;
6837 }
6838
6839 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6840
6841 static struct bp_location *
6842 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6843 {
6844 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
6845 }
6846
6847 static void
6848 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
6849 {
6850 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
6851 xfree (loc);
6852 }
6853
6854 /* Increment reference count. */
6855
6856 static void
6857 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
6858 {
6859 ++bl->refc;
6860 }
6861
6862 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6863 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6864
6865 static void
6866 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
6867 {
6868 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
6869
6870 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
6871 free_bp_location (*blp);
6872 *blp = NULL;
6873 }
6874
6875 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6876
6877 static void
6878 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
6879 {
6880 struct breakpoint *b1;
6881
6882 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6883 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
6884
6885 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
6886 if (b1 == 0)
6887 breakpoint_chain = b;
6888 else
6889 {
6890 while (b1->next)
6891 b1 = b1->next;
6892 b1->next = b;
6893 }
6894 }
6895
6896 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
6897
6898 static void
6899 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6900 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6901 enum bptype bptype,
6902 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6903 {
6904 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
6905
6906 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6907
6908 b->ops = ops;
6909 b->type = bptype;
6910 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
6911 b->language = current_language->la_language;
6912 b->input_radix = input_radix;
6913 b->thread = -1;
6914 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6915 b->next = 0;
6916 b->silent = 0;
6917 b->ignore_count = 0;
6918 b->commands = NULL;
6919 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
6920 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
6921 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
6922 b->related_breakpoint = b;
6923 }
6924
6925 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
6926 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
6927
6928 static struct breakpoint *
6929 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6930 enum bptype bptype,
6931 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6932 {
6933 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
6934
6935 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
6936 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
6937 return b;
6938 }
6939
6940 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
6941 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
6942 enough. */
6943
6944 static void
6945 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
6946 {
6947 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
6948
6949 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
6950 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
6951 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
6952 {
6953 int is_gnu_ifunc;
6954 const char *function_name;
6955 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
6956
6957 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
6958 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
6959
6960 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
6961 {
6962 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6963
6964 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
6965 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
6966 &loc->requested_address))
6967 {
6968 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
6969 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
6970 loc->requested_address,
6971 b->type);
6972 }
6973 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
6974 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
6975 {
6976 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
6977 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
6978 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
6979 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
6980 breakpoint. */
6981 loc->related_address = func_addr;
6982 }
6983 }
6984
6985 if (function_name)
6986 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
6987 }
6988 }
6989
6990 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
6991 struct gdbarch *
6992 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
6993 {
6994 if (sal.section)
6995 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
6996 if (sal.symtab)
6997 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
6998
6999 return NULL;
7000 }
7001
7002 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7003 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7004 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7005
7006 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7007 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7008 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7009
7010 static void
7011 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7012 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7013 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7014 {
7015 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7016
7017 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7018
7019 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7020 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7021
7022 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7023 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7024 program space. */
7025 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7026 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7027
7028 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
7029 }
7030
7031 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7032 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7033 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7034 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7035 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7036 is also returned as the value of this function.
7037
7038 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7039 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7040 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7041 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7042 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7043 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7044 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7045
7046 struct breakpoint *
7047 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7048 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7049 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7050 {
7051 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7052
7053 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7054 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7055 return b;
7056 }
7057
7058
7059 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7060 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7061 void
7062 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
7063 {
7064 struct bp_location *bl;
7065
7066 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
7067
7068 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7069 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7070 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7071 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7072 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7073 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7074 bl->inserted = 1;
7075 }
7076
7077 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7078 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7079 initiated the operation. */
7080
7081 void
7082 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7083 {
7084 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7085 int thread = tp->num;
7086
7087 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7088 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7089 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7090 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7091 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7092 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7093 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7094 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7095 {
7096 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7097 struct breakpoint *clone;
7098
7099 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7100 after their removal. */
7101 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7102 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops);
7103 clone->thread = thread;
7104 }
7105
7106 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7107 }
7108
7109 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7110 void
7111 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7112 {
7113 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7114
7115 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7116 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7117 {
7118 if (b->thread == thread)
7119 delete_breakpoint (b);
7120 }
7121 }
7122
7123 void
7124 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7125 {
7126 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7127
7128 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7129 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7130 {
7131 if (b->thread == thread)
7132 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7133 }
7134 }
7135
7136 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7137 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7138 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7139 breakpoints. */
7140
7141 struct breakpoint *
7142 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7143 {
7144 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7145
7146 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7147 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7148 {
7149 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7150
7151 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7152 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7153 new_b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7154
7155 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7156
7157 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7158 if (retval == NULL)
7159 retval = new_b;
7160 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7161 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7162 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7163 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7164 }
7165
7166 return retval;
7167 }
7168
7169 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7170 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7171 stack.
7172
7173 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7174 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7175 frames. */
7176
7177 void
7178 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread)
7179 {
7180 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7181
7182 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7183 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == thread)
7184 {
7185 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7186
7187 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7188 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7189 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7190 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7191 continue;
7192
7193 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id);
7194
7195 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7196 {
7197 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7198 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7199 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7200 }
7201 delete_breakpoint (b);
7202 }
7203 }
7204
7205 void
7206 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7207 {
7208 struct breakpoint *b;
7209
7210 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7211 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7212 {
7213 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7214 update_global_location_list (1);
7215 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7216 }
7217 }
7218
7219 void
7220 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7221 {
7222 struct breakpoint *b;
7223
7224 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7225 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7226 {
7227 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7228 update_global_location_list (0);
7229 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7230 }
7231 }
7232
7233 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7234 master breakpoint. */
7235 void
7236 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7237 {
7238 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7239
7240 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7241 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7242 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7243 {
7244 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7245 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7246 }
7247 }
7248
7249 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7250 void
7251 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7252 {
7253 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7254
7255 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7256 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7257 delete_breakpoint (b);
7258 }
7259
7260 struct breakpoint *
7261 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7262 {
7263 struct breakpoint *b;
7264
7265 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7266 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7267
7268 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7269 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7270 b->addr_string
7271 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7272
7273 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7274
7275 return b;
7276 }
7277
7278 void
7279 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7280 {
7281 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7282
7283 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7284 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
7285 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7286 delete_breakpoint (b);
7287 }
7288
7289 struct lang_and_radix
7290 {
7291 enum language lang;
7292 int radix;
7293 };
7294
7295 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7296
7297 struct breakpoint *
7298 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7299 {
7300 struct breakpoint *b;
7301
7302 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7303 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7304 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7305 return b;
7306 }
7307
7308 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7309
7310 void
7311 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7312 {
7313 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7314
7315 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7316 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7317 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7318 delete_breakpoint (b);
7319 }
7320
7321 void
7322 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7323 {
7324 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7325
7326 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7327 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7328 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7329 delete_breakpoint (b);
7330 }
7331
7332 struct breakpoint *
7333 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7334 {
7335 struct breakpoint *b;
7336
7337 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7338 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7339 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7340 return b;
7341 }
7342
7343 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7344 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7345
7346 void
7347 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7348 {
7349 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7350
7351 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7352 {
7353 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7354 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7355
7356 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7357 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7358 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7359 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7360 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7361 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7362 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7363 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7364 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7365 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7366 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7367 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
7368 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
7369 #else
7370 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7371 #endif
7372 )
7373 {
7374 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7375 }
7376 }
7377 }
7378
7379 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
7380 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
7381 disabled. */
7382
7383 static void
7384 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7385 {
7386 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7387 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7388
7389 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7390 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7391 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7392 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7393 if (exec_bfd != NULL
7394 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
7395 return;
7396
7397 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7398 {
7399 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7400 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7401
7402 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7403 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7404 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7405 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7406 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7407 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7408 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7409 || is_tracepoint (b))
7410 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7411 {
7412 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7413 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7414 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7415 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7416 loc->inserted = 0;
7417
7418 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7419 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7420
7421 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7422 {
7423 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7424 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7425 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7426 solib->so_name);
7427 }
7428 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7429 }
7430 }
7431 }
7432
7433 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7434
7435 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7436 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7437 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7438 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7439 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7440
7441 struct fork_catchpoint
7442 {
7443 /* The base class. */
7444 struct breakpoint base;
7445
7446 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7447 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7448 catchpoint has triggered. */
7449 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7450 };
7451
7452 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7453 catchpoints. */
7454
7455 static int
7456 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7457 {
7458 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7459 }
7460
7461 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7462 catchpoints. */
7463
7464 static int
7465 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7466 {
7467 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7468 }
7469
7470 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7471 catchpoints. */
7472
7473 static int
7474 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7475 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7476 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7477 {
7478 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7479
7480 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7481 return 0;
7482
7483 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7484 return 1;
7485 }
7486
7487 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7488 catchpoints. */
7489
7490 static enum print_stop_action
7491 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7492 {
7493 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7494 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7495 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7496
7497 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7498 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7499 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7500 else
7501 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7502 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7503 {
7504 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7505 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7506 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7507 }
7508 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7509 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
7510 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7511 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7512 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7513 }
7514
7515 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7516 catchpoints. */
7517
7518 static void
7519 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7520 {
7521 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7522 struct value_print_options opts;
7523 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7524
7525 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7526
7527 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7528 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7529 readable). */
7530 if (opts.addressprint)
7531 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7532 annotate_field (5);
7533 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
7534 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7535 {
7536 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7537 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7538 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7539 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7540 }
7541 }
7542
7543 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7544 catchpoints. */
7545
7546 static void
7547 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
7548 {
7549 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
7550 }
7551
7552 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7553 catchpoints. */
7554
7555 static void
7556 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7557 {
7558 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
7559 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7560 }
7561
7562 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7563
7564 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7565
7566 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7567 catchpoints. */
7568
7569 static int
7570 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7571 {
7572 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7573 }
7574
7575 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7576 catchpoints. */
7577
7578 static int
7579 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7580 {
7581 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7582 }
7583
7584 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7585 catchpoints. */
7586
7587 static int
7588 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7589 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7590 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7591 {
7592 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7593
7594 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
7595 return 0;
7596
7597 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7598 return 1;
7599 }
7600
7601 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7602 catchpoints. */
7603
7604 static enum print_stop_action
7605 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
7606 {
7607 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7608 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7609 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7610
7611 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7612 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7613 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7614 else
7615 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7616 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7617 {
7618 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7619 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
7620 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7621 }
7622 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7623 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
7624 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7625 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7626 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7627 }
7628
7629 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7630 catchpoints. */
7631
7632 static void
7633 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7634 {
7635 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7636 struct value_print_options opts;
7637 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7638
7639 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7640 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7641 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7642 readable). */
7643 if (opts.addressprint)
7644 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7645 annotate_field (5);
7646 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
7647 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7648 {
7649 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7650 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7651 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7652 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7653 }
7654 }
7655
7656 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7657 catchpoints. */
7658
7659 static void
7660 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
7661 {
7662 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
7663 }
7664
7665 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7666 catchpoints. */
7667
7668 static void
7669 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7670 {
7671 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
7672 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7673 }
7674
7675 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7676
7677 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
7678
7679 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7680 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7681 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7682 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7683 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7684
7685 struct solib_catchpoint
7686 {
7687 /* The base class. */
7688 struct breakpoint base;
7689
7690 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7691 unsigned char is_load;
7692
7693 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7694 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7695 char *regex;
7696 regex_t compiled;
7697 };
7698
7699 static void
7700 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7701 {
7702 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7703
7704 if (self->regex)
7705 regfree (&self->compiled);
7706 xfree (self->regex);
7707
7708 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7709 }
7710
7711 static int
7712 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7713 {
7714 return 0;
7715 }
7716
7717 static int
7718 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7719 {
7720 return 0;
7721 }
7722
7723 static int
7724 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
7725 struct address_space *aspace,
7726 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7727 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7728 {
7729 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7730 struct breakpoint *other;
7731
7732 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
7733 return 1;
7734
7735 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
7736 {
7737 struct bp_location *other_bl;
7738
7739 if (other == bl->owner)
7740 continue;
7741
7742 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
7743 continue;
7744
7745 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
7746 continue;
7747
7748 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
7749 {
7750 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
7751 return 1;
7752 }
7753 }
7754
7755 return 0;
7756 }
7757
7758 static void
7759 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
7760 {
7761 struct solib_catchpoint *self
7762 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7763 int ix;
7764
7765 if (self->is_load)
7766 {
7767 struct so_list *iter;
7768
7769 for (ix = 0;
7770 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
7771 ix, iter);
7772 ++ix)
7773 {
7774 if (!self->regex
7775 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7776 return;
7777 }
7778 }
7779 else
7780 {
7781 char *iter;
7782
7783 for (ix = 0;
7784 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
7785 ix, iter);
7786 ++ix)
7787 {
7788 if (!self->regex
7789 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7790 return;
7791 }
7792 }
7793
7794 bs->stop = 0;
7795 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
7796 }
7797
7798 static enum print_stop_action
7799 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
7800 {
7801 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7802 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7803
7804 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7805 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7806 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7807 else
7808 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7809 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7810 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
7811 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7812 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7813 print_solib_event (1);
7814 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7815 }
7816
7817 static void
7818 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
7819 {
7820 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7821 struct value_print_options opts;
7822 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7823 char *msg;
7824
7825 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7826 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7827 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7828 readable). */
7829 if (opts.addressprint)
7830 {
7831 annotate_field (4);
7832 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7833 }
7834
7835 annotate_field (5);
7836 if (self->is_load)
7837 {
7838 if (self->regex)
7839 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7840 else
7841 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
7842 }
7843 else
7844 {
7845 if (self->regex)
7846 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7847 else
7848 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
7849 }
7850 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
7851 xfree (msg);
7852 }
7853
7854 static void
7855 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7856 {
7857 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7858
7859 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
7860 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7861 }
7862
7863 static void
7864 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7865 {
7866 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7867
7868 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
7869 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
7870 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7871 if (self->regex)
7872 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
7873 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
7874 }
7875
7876 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
7877
7878 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
7879 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
7880 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
7881 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
7882 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
7883 created in an enabled state. */
7884
7885 void
7886 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
7887 {
7888 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
7889 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
7890 struct cleanup *cleanup;
7891
7892 if (!arg)
7893 arg = "";
7894 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
7895
7896 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
7897 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
7898
7899 if (*arg != '\0')
7900 {
7901 int errcode;
7902
7903 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
7904 if (errcode != 0)
7905 {
7906 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
7907
7908 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
7909 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
7910 }
7911 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
7912 }
7913
7914 c->is_load = is_load;
7915 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
7916 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
7917
7918 c->base.enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
7919
7920 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
7921 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
7922 }
7923
7924 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7925 "catch unload". */
7926
7927 static void
7928 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
7929 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7930 {
7931 int tempflag;
7932 const int enabled = 1;
7933
7934 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
7935
7936 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
7937 }
7938
7939 static void
7940 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7941 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7942 {
7943 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
7944 }
7945
7946 static void
7947 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7948 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7949 {
7950 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
7951 }
7952
7953 DEF_VEC_I(int);
7954
7955 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
7956 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7957 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7958 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7959 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7960
7961 struct syscall_catchpoint
7962 {
7963 /* The base class. */
7964 struct breakpoint base;
7965
7966 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
7967 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
7968 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
7969 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
7970 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
7971 };
7972
7973 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7974 catchpoints. */
7975
7976 static void
7977 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
7978 {
7979 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
7980
7981 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
7982
7983 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7984 }
7985
7986 static const struct inferior_data *catch_syscall_inferior_data = NULL;
7987
7988 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
7989 {
7990 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
7991 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
7992 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
7993
7994 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
7995 int any_syscall_count;
7996
7997 /* Count of each system call. */
7998 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts;
7999
8000 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8001 if any catching is necessary. */
8002 int total_syscalls_count;
8003 };
8004
8005 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data*
8006 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf)
8007 {
8008 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data;
8009
8010 inf_data = inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8011 if (inf_data == NULL)
8012 {
8013 inf_data = XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8014 set_inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data, inf_data);
8015 }
8016
8017 return inf_data;
8018 }
8019
8020 static void
8021 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior *inf, void *arg)
8022 {
8023 xfree (arg);
8024 }
8025
8026
8027 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8028 catchpoints. */
8029
8030 static int
8031 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8032 {
8033 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8034 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8035 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8036 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8037
8038 ++inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8039 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8040 ++inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8041 else
8042 {
8043 int i, iter;
8044
8045 for (i = 0;
8046 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8047 i++)
8048 {
8049 int elem;
8050
8051 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8052 {
8053 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
8054 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8055 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8056 uintptr_t vec_addr;
8057 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
8058 vec_addr = ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8059 inf_data->syscalls_counts)
8060 + vec_addr_offset);
8061 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
8062 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
8063 }
8064 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8065 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
8066 }
8067 }
8068
8069 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
8070 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8071 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8072 VEC_length (int,
8073 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8074 VEC_address (int,
8075 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8076 }
8077
8078 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8079 catchpoints. */
8080
8081 static int
8082 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8083 {
8084 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8085 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8086 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8087 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8088
8089 --inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8090 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8091 --inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8092 else
8093 {
8094 int i, iter;
8095
8096 for (i = 0;
8097 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8098 i++)
8099 {
8100 int elem;
8101 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8102 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8103 continue;
8104 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8105 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
8106 }
8107 }
8108
8109 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
8110 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8111 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8112 VEC_length (int,
8113 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8114 VEC_address (int,
8115 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8116 }
8117
8118 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8119 catchpoints. */
8120
8121 static int
8122 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
8123 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8124 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8125 {
8126 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8127 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8128 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8129 int syscall_number = 0;
8130 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
8131 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8132
8133 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8134 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
8135 return 0;
8136
8137 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
8138
8139 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8140 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8141 {
8142 int i, iter;
8143
8144 for (i = 0;
8145 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8146 i++)
8147 if (syscall_number == iter)
8148 break;
8149 /* Not the same. */
8150 if (!iter)
8151 return 0;
8152 }
8153
8154 return 1;
8155 }
8156
8157 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8158 catchpoints. */
8159
8160 static enum print_stop_action
8161 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
8162 {
8163 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8164 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8165 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8166 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8167 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8168 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8169 ptid_t ptid;
8170 struct target_waitstatus last;
8171 struct syscall s;
8172
8173 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
8174
8175 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
8176
8177 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8178
8179 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8180 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8181 else
8182 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8183 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8184 {
8185 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8186 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8187 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8188 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
8189 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8190 }
8191 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8192
8193 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
8194 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
8195 else
8196 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
8197
8198 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8199 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
8200 if (s.name != NULL)
8201 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
8202
8203 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8204
8205 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8206 }
8207
8208 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8209 catchpoints. */
8210
8211 static void
8212 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
8213 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8214 {
8215 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8216 struct value_print_options opts;
8217 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8218
8219 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8220 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8221 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8222 readable). */
8223 if (opts.addressprint)
8224 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8225 annotate_field (5);
8226
8227 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
8228 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8229 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
8230 else
8231 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
8232
8233 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8234 {
8235 int i, iter;
8236 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8237
8238 for (i = 0;
8239 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8240 i++)
8241 {
8242 char *x = text;
8243 struct syscall s;
8244 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8245
8246 if (s.name != NULL)
8247 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
8248 else
8249 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
8250
8251 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8252 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8253 on every call. */
8254 xfree (x);
8255 }
8256 /* Remove the last comma. */
8257 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
8258 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
8259 }
8260 else
8261 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
8262 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8263 }
8264
8265 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8266 catchpoints. */
8267
8268 static void
8269 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8270 {
8271 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8272
8273 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8274 {
8275 int i, iter;
8276
8277 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8278 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
8279 else
8280 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
8281
8282 for (i = 0;
8283 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8284 i++)
8285 {
8286 struct syscall s;
8287 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8288
8289 if (s.name)
8290 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
8291 else
8292 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
8293 }
8294 printf_filtered (")");
8295 }
8296 else
8297 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8298 b->number);
8299 }
8300
8301 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8302 catchpoints. */
8303
8304 static void
8305 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8306 {
8307 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8308
8309 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
8310
8311 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8312 {
8313 int i, iter;
8314
8315 for (i = 0;
8316 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8317 i++)
8318 {
8319 struct syscall s;
8320
8321 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8322 if (s.name)
8323 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
8324 else
8325 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
8326 }
8327 }
8328 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8329 }
8330
8331 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8332
8333 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
8334
8335 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8336
8337 static int
8338 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
8339 {
8340 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
8341 }
8342
8343 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8344 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8345 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8346 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8347
8348 static void
8349 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8350 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8351 char *cond_string,
8352 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8353 {
8354 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8355
8356 init_sal (&sal);
8357 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8358
8359 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8360
8361 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8362 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8363 }
8364
8365 void
8366 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8367 {
8368 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8369 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8370 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8371 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8372 if (!internal)
8373 mention (b);
8374 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8375
8376 if (update_gll)
8377 update_global_location_list (1);
8378 }
8379
8380 static void
8381 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8382 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8383 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8384 {
8385 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
8386
8387 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8388
8389 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8390
8391 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8392 }
8393
8394 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8395
8396 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8397 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8398 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8399 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8400 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8401
8402 struct exec_catchpoint
8403 {
8404 /* The base class. */
8405 struct breakpoint base;
8406
8407 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8408 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8409 triggered. */
8410 char *exec_pathname;
8411 };
8412
8413 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8414 catchpoints. */
8415
8416 static void
8417 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8418 {
8419 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8420
8421 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8422
8423 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8424 }
8425
8426 static int
8427 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8428 {
8429 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
8430 }
8431
8432 static int
8433 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8434 {
8435 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
8436 }
8437
8438 static int
8439 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8440 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8441 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8442 {
8443 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8444
8445 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8446 return 0;
8447
8448 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8449 return 1;
8450 }
8451
8452 static enum print_stop_action
8453 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8454 {
8455 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8456 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8457 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8458
8459 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8460 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8461 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8462 else
8463 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8464 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8465 {
8466 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8467 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8468 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8469 }
8470 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8471 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
8472 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8473 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8474
8475 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8476 }
8477
8478 static void
8479 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8480 {
8481 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8482 struct value_print_options opts;
8483 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8484
8485 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8486
8487 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8488 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8489 is relatively readable). */
8490 if (opts.addressprint)
8491 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8492 annotate_field (5);
8493 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
8494 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8495 {
8496 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
8497 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
8498 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8499 }
8500 }
8501
8502 static void
8503 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8504 {
8505 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8506 }
8507
8508 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8509 catchpoints. */
8510
8511 static void
8512 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8513 {
8514 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8515 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8516 }
8517
8518 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8519
8520 static void
8521 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
8522 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8523 {
8524 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
8525 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8526
8527 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
8528 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
8529 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
8530
8531 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8532 }
8533
8534 static int
8535 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8536 {
8537 int i = 0;
8538 struct breakpoint *b;
8539 struct bp_location *bl;
8540
8541 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8542 {
8543 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8544 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8545 {
8546 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8547 one register. */
8548 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8549 }
8550 }
8551
8552 return i;
8553 }
8554
8555 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8556 watchpoint. */
8557
8558 static int
8559 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8560 {
8561 int i = 0;
8562 struct bp_location *bl;
8563
8564 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8565 return 0;
8566
8567 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8568 {
8569 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8570 one register. */
8571 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8572 }
8573
8574 return i;
8575 }
8576
8577 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8578 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8579 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8580 types _not_ TYPE. */
8581
8582 static int
8583 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8584 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8585 {
8586 int i = 0;
8587 struct breakpoint *b;
8588
8589 *other_type_used = 0;
8590 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8591 {
8592 if (b == except)
8593 continue;
8594 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8595 continue;
8596
8597 if (b->type == type)
8598 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8599 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8600 *other_type_used = 1;
8601 }
8602
8603 return i;
8604 }
8605
8606 void
8607 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8608 {
8609 struct breakpoint *b;
8610
8611 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8612 {
8613 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8614 {
8615 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8616 update_global_location_list (0);
8617 }
8618 }
8619 }
8620
8621 void
8622 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8623 {
8624 struct breakpoint *b;
8625
8626 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8627 {
8628 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8629 {
8630 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8631 update_global_location_list (1);
8632 }
8633 }
8634 }
8635
8636 void
8637 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8638 {
8639 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8640 update_global_location_list (0);
8641 }
8642
8643 void
8644 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8645 {
8646 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8647 breakpoint_re_set ();
8648 }
8649
8650
8651 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8652 at address specified by SAL.
8653 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8654
8655 struct breakpoint *
8656 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
8657 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
8658 {
8659 struct breakpoint *b;
8660
8661 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8662 tail-called one. */
8663 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
8664
8665 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8666 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8667 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8668 b->frame_id = frame_id;
8669
8670 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8671 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8672 control. */
8673 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
8674 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
8675
8676 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8677
8678 return b;
8679 }
8680
8681 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8682 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8683 breakpoint_ops. */
8684
8685 static struct breakpoint *
8686 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
8687 enum bptype type,
8688 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8689 {
8690 struct breakpoint *copy;
8691
8692 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
8693 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
8694 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
8695
8696 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
8697 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
8698 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
8699 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
8700 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
8701 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
8702
8703 if (orig->loc->source_file != NULL)
8704 copy->loc->source_file = xstrdup (orig->loc->source_file);
8705
8706 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
8707 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
8708 copy->thread = orig->thread;
8709 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
8710
8711 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8712 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8713 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
8714
8715 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8716 return copy;
8717 }
8718
8719 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8720 ORIG is NULL. */
8721
8722 struct breakpoint *
8723 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
8724 {
8725 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8726 if (orig == NULL)
8727 return NULL;
8728
8729 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
8730 }
8731
8732 struct breakpoint *
8733 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
8734 enum bptype type)
8735 {
8736 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8737
8738 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8739 sal.pc = pc;
8740 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
8741 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8742
8743 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
8744 }
8745 \f
8746
8747 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8748
8749 static void
8750 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
8751 {
8752 b->ops->print_mention (b);
8753 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
8754 return;
8755 printf_filtered ("\n");
8756 }
8757 \f
8758
8759 static struct bp_location *
8760 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8761 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8762 {
8763 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
8764 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
8765 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
8766
8767 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
8768 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
8769
8770 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8771 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8772 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8773 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8774 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8775 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8776 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
8777 sal->pc, b->type);
8778
8779 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
8780 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
8781 ;
8782 *tmp = loc;
8783
8784 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
8785 loc->address = adjusted_address;
8786 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
8787 loc->probe = sal->probe;
8788 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
8789 loc->section = sal->section;
8790 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
8791
8792 if (sal->symtab != NULL)
8793 loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal->symtab->filename);
8794 loc->line_number = sal->line;
8795
8796 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
8797 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
8798 return loc;
8799 }
8800 \f
8801
8802 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8803 return 0 otherwise. */
8804
8805 static int
8806 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
8807 {
8808 int len;
8809 CORE_ADDR addr;
8810 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
8811 gdb_byte *target_mem;
8812 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8813 int retval = 0;
8814
8815 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
8816
8817 addr = loc->address;
8818 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
8819
8820 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8821 if (bpoint == NULL)
8822 return 0;
8823
8824 target_mem = alloca (len);
8825
8826 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8827 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8828 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8829 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
8830
8831 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
8832 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8833
8834 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
8835 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
8836 retval = 1;
8837
8838 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8839
8840 return retval;
8841 }
8842
8843 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8844 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8845
8846 static void
8847 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
8848 {
8849 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
8850 char *printf_line = NULL;
8851
8852 if (!dprintf_args)
8853 return;
8854
8855 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8856
8857 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8858 insist on it. */
8859 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
8860 ++dprintf_args;
8861 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8862
8863 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
8864 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8865
8866 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
8867 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8868 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
8869 {
8870 if (!dprintf_function)
8871 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8872
8873 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
8874 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8875 dprintf_function,
8876 dprintf_channel,
8877 dprintf_args);
8878 else
8879 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8880 dprintf_function,
8881 dprintf_args);
8882 }
8883 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
8884 {
8885 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8886 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
8887 else
8888 {
8889 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8890 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8891 }
8892 }
8893 else
8894 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8895 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8896
8897 /* Manufacture a printf/continue sequence. */
8898 if (printf_line)
8899 {
8900 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line, *cont_cmd_line = NULL;
8901
8902 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
8903 {
8904 cont_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8905 cont_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8906 cont_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8907 cont_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8908 cont_cmd_line->next = NULL;
8909 cont_cmd_line->line = xstrdup ("continue");
8910 }
8911
8912 printf_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8913 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8914 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8915 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8916 printf_cmd_line->next = cont_cmd_line;
8917 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
8918
8919 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
8920 }
8921 }
8922
8923 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8924 current style settings. */
8925
8926 static void
8927 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
8928 struct cmd_list_element *c)
8929 {
8930 struct breakpoint *b;
8931
8932 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8933 {
8934 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
8935 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
8936 }
8937 }
8938
8939 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
8940 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
8941 as condition expression. */
8942
8943 static void
8944 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8945 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
8946 char *filter, char *cond_string,
8947 char *extra_string,
8948 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8949 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8950 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8951 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
8952 int display_canonical)
8953 {
8954 int i;
8955
8956 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
8957 {
8958 int target_resources_ok;
8959
8960 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8961 target_resources_ok =
8962 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
8963 i + 1, 0);
8964 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
8965 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8966 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
8967 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8968 }
8969
8970 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
8971
8972 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
8973 {
8974 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
8975 struct bp_location *loc;
8976
8977 if (from_tty)
8978 {
8979 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
8980 if (!loc_gdbarch)
8981 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
8982
8983 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
8984 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
8985 }
8986
8987 if (i == 0)
8988 {
8989 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
8990 b->thread = thread;
8991 b->task = task;
8992
8993 b->cond_string = cond_string;
8994 b->extra_string = extra_string;
8995 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
8996 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8997 b->disposition = disposition;
8998
8999 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9000 b->loc->inserted = 1;
9001
9002 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
9003 {
9004 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
9005 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
9006
9007 if (strace_marker_p (b))
9008 {
9009 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9010 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9011 char *p = &addr_string[3];
9012 char *endp;
9013 char *marker_str;
9014
9015 p = skip_spaces (p);
9016
9017 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9018
9019 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9020 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
9021
9022 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9023 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9024 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9025 }
9026 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
9027 {
9028 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
9029 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
9030
9031 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9032 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9033 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9034 }
9035 else
9036 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9037 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9038 }
9039
9040 loc = b->loc;
9041 }
9042 else
9043 {
9044 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
9045 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9046 loc->inserted = 1;
9047 }
9048
9049 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
9050 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
9051
9052 if (b->cond_string)
9053 {
9054 char *arg = b->cond_string;
9055 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
9056 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
9057 if (*arg)
9058 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
9059 }
9060
9061 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9062 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9063 if (type == bp_dprintf)
9064 {
9065 if (b->extra_string)
9066 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9067 else
9068 error (_("Format string required"));
9069 }
9070 else if (b->extra_string)
9071 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9072 }
9073
9074 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9075 if (addr_string)
9076 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9077 else
9078 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9079 me. */
9080 b->addr_string
9081 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
9082 b->filter = filter;
9083 }
9084
9085 static void
9086 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9087 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9088 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9089 char *extra_string,
9090 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9091 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9092 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9093 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9094 int display_canonical)
9095 {
9096 struct breakpoint *b;
9097 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9098
9099 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
9100 {
9101 struct tracepoint *t;
9102
9103 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9104 b = &t->base;
9105 }
9106 else
9107 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9108
9109 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
9110
9111 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
9112 sals, addr_string,
9113 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
9114 type, disposition,
9115 thread, task, ignore_count,
9116 ops, from_tty,
9117 enabled, internal, flags,
9118 display_canonical);
9119 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9120
9121 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9122 }
9123
9124 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9125 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9126 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9127 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9128 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9129 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9130 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9131 we take just a single condition string.
9132
9133 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9134 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9135 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9136 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9137 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9138
9139 static void
9140 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9141 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9142 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
9143 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9144 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9145 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9146 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9147 {
9148 int i;
9149 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9150
9151 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9152 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
9153
9154 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
9155 {
9156 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9157 'break', without arguments. */
9158 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
9159 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
9160 : NULL);
9161 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
9162 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
9163
9164 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
9165 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
9166 addr_string,
9167 filter_string,
9168 cond_string, extra_string,
9169 type, disposition,
9170 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9171 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9172 canonical->special_display);
9173 discard_cleanups (inner);
9174 }
9175 }
9176
9177 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9178 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9179 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9180 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9181
9182 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9183 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9184
9185 static void
9186 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
9187 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9188 {
9189 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9190 breakpoint. */
9191 if ((*address) == NULL
9192 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
9193 {
9194 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9195 address. */
9196 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9197 {
9198 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9199 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9200 CORE_ADDR pc;
9201
9202 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9203 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
9204 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
9205
9206 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9207 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9208 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9209 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9210 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9211 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
9212 pc = sal.pc;
9213 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9214
9215 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9216 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9217 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9218 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9219 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9220 sal.pc = pc;
9221 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9222
9223 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
9224 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9225 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9226
9227 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
9228 }
9229 else
9230 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9231 }
9232 else
9233 {
9234 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9235
9236 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9237 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9238 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9239 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9240
9241 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9242 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9243 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9244 && (!cursal.symtab
9245 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
9246 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
9247 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9248 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9249 get_last_displayed_line (),
9250 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9251 else
9252 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9253 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9254 }
9255 }
9256
9257
9258 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9259 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9260
9261 static void
9262 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9263 {
9264 int i;
9265
9266 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9267 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
9268 }
9269
9270 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9271 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9272 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9273 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9274 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9275 it, etc. */
9276
9277 static void
9278 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9279 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9280 {
9281 int i, rslt;
9282 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
9283 char *msg;
9284 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9285
9286 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9287 {
9288 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9289
9290 sal = &sals->sals[i];
9291
9292 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9293 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9294 associated with SAL. */
9295 if (sarch == NULL)
9296 sarch = gdbarch;
9297 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
9298 NULL, &msg);
9299 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9300
9301 if (!rslt)
9302 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9303 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9304
9305 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9306 }
9307 }
9308
9309 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9310
9311 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9312 invalid_thread_id_error (int id)
9313 {
9314 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id);
9315 }
9316
9317 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9318 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9319 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9320 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9321 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9322 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9323
9324 static void
9325 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9326 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9327 char **rest)
9328 {
9329 *cond_string = NULL;
9330 *thread = -1;
9331 *task = 0;
9332 *rest = NULL;
9333
9334 while (tok && *tok)
9335 {
9336 char *end_tok;
9337 int toklen;
9338 char *cond_start = NULL;
9339 char *cond_end = NULL;
9340
9341 tok = skip_spaces (tok);
9342
9343 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9344 {
9345 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9346 return;
9347 }
9348
9349 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
9350
9351 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9352
9353 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9354 {
9355 struct expression *expr;
9356
9357 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9358 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9359 xfree (expr);
9360 cond_end = tok;
9361 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9362 }
9363 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9364 {
9365 char *tmptok;
9366
9367 tok = end_tok + 1;
9368 tmptok = tok;
9369 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
9370 if (tok == tmptok)
9371 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9372 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
9373 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread);
9374 }
9375 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9376 {
9377 char *tmptok;
9378
9379 tok = end_tok + 1;
9380 tmptok = tok;
9381 *task = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
9382 if (tok == tmptok)
9383 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9384 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9385 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9386 }
9387 else if (rest)
9388 {
9389 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9390 return;
9391 }
9392 else
9393 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9394 }
9395 }
9396
9397 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9398
9399 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9400 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
9401 {
9402 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9403 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9404 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9405 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9406 char *endp;
9407 char *marker_str;
9408 int i;
9409
9410 p = skip_spaces (p);
9411
9412 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9413
9414 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9415 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9416
9417 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9418 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9419 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9420
9421 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9422 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
9423
9424 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9425 {
9426 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9427
9428 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9429
9430 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9431
9432 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9433 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9434
9435 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9436 }
9437
9438 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9439
9440 *arg_p = endp;
9441 return sals;
9442 }
9443
9444 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9445 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9446 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
9447 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
9448 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
9449 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
9450 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
9451 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
9452 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
9453 false otherwise. */
9454
9455 int
9456 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9457 char *arg, char *cond_string,
9458 int thread, char *extra_string,
9459 int parse_condition_and_thread,
9460 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9461 int ignore_count,
9462 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9463 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9464 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9465 unsigned flags)
9466 {
9467 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9468 char *copy_arg = NULL;
9469 char *addr_start = arg;
9470 struct linespec_result canonical;
9471 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9472 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9473 int pending = 0;
9474 int task = 0;
9475 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9476
9477 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9478
9479 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
9480
9481 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9482 {
9483 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
9484 addr_start, &copy_arg);
9485 }
9486
9487 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9488 switch (e.reason)
9489 {
9490 case GDB_NO_ERROR:
9491 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
9492 return 0;
9493 break;
9494 case RETURN_ERROR:
9495 switch (e.error)
9496 {
9497 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
9498
9499 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9500 error. */
9501
9502 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9503 throw_exception (e);
9504
9505 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9506
9507 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9508 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9509 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9510 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9511 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9512 return 0;
9513
9514 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9515 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9516 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9517 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9518 {
9519 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9520
9521 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
9522 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
9523 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9524 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
9525 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
9526 pending = 1;
9527 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
9528 }
9529 break;
9530 default:
9531 throw_exception (e);
9532 }
9533 break;
9534 default:
9535 throw_exception (e);
9536 }
9537
9538 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9539 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
9540
9541 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9542 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9543 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9544 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9545 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
9546
9547 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9548 are ok for the target. */
9549 if (!pending)
9550 {
9551 int ix;
9552 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9553
9554 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9555 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
9556 }
9557
9558 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9559 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9560 {
9561 int ix;
9562 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9563
9564 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9565 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
9566 }
9567
9568 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9569 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9570 breakpoint. */
9571 if (!pending)
9572 {
9573 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9574
9575 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
9576
9577 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
9578 {
9579 char *rest;
9580 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9581 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9582 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9583 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9584
9585 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
9586 &thread, &task, &rest);
9587 if (cond_string)
9588 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9589 if (rest)
9590 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
9591 if (rest)
9592 extra_string = rest;
9593 }
9594 else
9595 {
9596 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9597 if (cond_string)
9598 {
9599 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9600 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9601 }
9602 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9603 if (extra_string)
9604 {
9605 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
9606 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
9607 }
9608 }
9609
9610 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical, lsal,
9611 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
9612 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9613 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9614 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9615 }
9616 else
9617 {
9618 struct breakpoint *b;
9619
9620 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
9621
9622 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
9623 {
9624 struct tracepoint *t;
9625
9626 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9627 b = &t->base;
9628 }
9629 else
9630 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9631
9632 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
9633
9634 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
9635 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
9636 b->cond_string = NULL;
9637 else
9638 {
9639 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9640 if (cond_string)
9641 {
9642 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9643 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9644 }
9645 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9646 }
9647 b->extra_string = NULL;
9648 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9649 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9650 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
9651 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9652 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
9653 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
9654 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9655
9656 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9657 }
9658
9659 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
9660 {
9661 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9662 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9663 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
9664 }
9665
9666 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9667 breakpoint. */
9668 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
9669 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9670 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9671
9672 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9673 update_global_location_list (1);
9674
9675 return 1;
9676 }
9677
9678 /* Set a breakpoint.
9679 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9680 condition, and thread.
9681 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9682 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9683 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
9684
9685 static void
9686 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
9687 {
9688 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
9689 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9690 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9691 : bp_breakpoint);
9692 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
9693 const char *arg_cp = arg;
9694
9695 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9696 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp) != NULL)
9697 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
9698 else
9699 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
9700
9701 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9702 arg,
9703 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9704 tempflag, type_wanted,
9705 0 /* Ignore count */,
9706 pending_break_support,
9707 ops,
9708 from_tty,
9709 1 /* enabled */,
9710 0 /* internal */,
9711 0);
9712 }
9713
9714 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9715
9716 void
9717 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9718 {
9719 CORE_ADDR pc;
9720
9721 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9722 {
9723 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
9724 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9725 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
9726 sal->pc = pc;
9727
9728 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9729 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9730 if (sal->explicit_line)
9731 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
9732 }
9733
9734 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9735 {
9736 struct blockvector *bv;
9737 struct block *b;
9738 struct symbol *sym;
9739
9740 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
9741 if (bv != NULL)
9742 {
9743 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
9744 if (sym != NULL)
9745 {
9746 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
9747 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
9748 }
9749 else
9750 {
9751 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9752 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9753 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9754 happen in assembly source). */
9755
9756 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
9757 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9758
9759 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
9760
9761 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
9762 if (msym)
9763 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
9764
9765 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9766 }
9767 }
9768 }
9769 }
9770
9771 void
9772 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9773 {
9774 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9775 }
9776
9777 void
9778 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9779 {
9780 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
9781 }
9782
9783 static void
9784 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9785 {
9786 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
9787 }
9788
9789 static void
9790 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9791 {
9792 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
9793 }
9794
9795 static void
9796 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9797 {
9798 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9799 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9800 stop at <line>\n"));
9801 }
9802
9803 static void
9804 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9805 {
9806 int badInput = 0;
9807
9808 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
9809 badInput = 1;
9810 else if (*arg != '*')
9811 {
9812 char *argptr = arg;
9813 int hasColon = 0;
9814
9815 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9816 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9817 function/method name. */
9818 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9819 {
9820 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9821 argptr++;
9822 }
9823
9824 if (hasColon)
9825 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9826 else
9827 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
9828 }
9829
9830 if (badInput)
9831 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9832 else
9833 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9834 }
9835
9836 static void
9837 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9838 {
9839 int badInput = 0;
9840
9841 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
9842 badInput = 1;
9843 else
9844 {
9845 char *argptr = arg;
9846 int hasColon = 0;
9847
9848 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9849 it is probably a line number. */
9850 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9851 {
9852 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9853 argptr++;
9854 }
9855
9856 if (hasColon)
9857 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
9858 else
9859 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
9860 }
9861
9862 if (badInput)
9863 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9864 else
9865 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9866 }
9867
9868 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9869 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9870 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9871 line. */
9872
9873 static void
9874 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9875 {
9876 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9877 arg,
9878 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9879 0, bp_dprintf,
9880 0 /* Ignore count */,
9881 pending_break_support,
9882 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
9883 from_tty,
9884 1 /* enabled */,
9885 0 /* internal */,
9886 0);
9887 }
9888
9889 static void
9890 agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9891 {
9892 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9893 }
9894
9895 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9896 ranged breakpoints. */
9897
9898 static int
9899 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
9900 struct address_space *aspace,
9901 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
9902 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
9903 {
9904 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9905 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
9906 return 0;
9907
9908 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
9909 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
9910 }
9911
9912 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9913 ranged breakpoints. */
9914
9915 static int
9916 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
9917 {
9918 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9919 }
9920
9921 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9922 ranged breakpoints. */
9923
9924 static enum print_stop_action
9925 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
9926 {
9927 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9928 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9929 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9930
9931 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9932
9933 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9934 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9935
9936 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
9937 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
9938 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
9939 else
9940 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
9941 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9942 {
9943 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
9944 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
9945 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
9946 }
9947 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9948 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
9949
9950 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
9951 }
9952
9953 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9954 ranged breakpoints. */
9955
9956 static void
9957 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9958 struct bp_location **last_loc)
9959 {
9960 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9961 struct value_print_options opts;
9962 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9963
9964 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9965 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9966
9967 get_user_print_options (&opts);
9968
9969 if (opts.addressprint)
9970 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9971 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9972 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
9973 annotate_field (5);
9974 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
9975 *last_loc = bl;
9976 }
9977
9978 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9979 ranged breakpoints. */
9980
9981 static void
9982 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
9983 struct ui_out *uiout)
9984 {
9985 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
9986 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9987 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
9988 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
9989
9990 gdb_assert (bl);
9991
9992 address_start = bl->address;
9993 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
9994
9995 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
9996 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
9997 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
9998 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
9999 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
10000 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10001
10002 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10003 }
10004
10005 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10006 ranged breakpoints. */
10007
10008 static void
10009 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10010 {
10011 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10012 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10013
10014 gdb_assert (bl);
10015 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10016
10017 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10018 return;
10019
10020 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10021 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
10022 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
10023 }
10024
10025 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10026 ranged breakpoints. */
10027
10028 static void
10029 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10030 {
10031 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
10032 b->addr_string_range_end);
10033 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10034 }
10035
10036 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10037
10038 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
10039
10040 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10041 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10042 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10043 last instruction of the given line. */
10044
10045 static CORE_ADDR
10046 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
10047 {
10048 CORE_ADDR end;
10049
10050 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10051 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10052 if (sal.explicit_pc)
10053 end = sal.pc;
10054 else
10055 {
10056 int ret;
10057 CORE_ADDR start;
10058
10059 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
10060 if (!ret)
10061 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10062
10063 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10064 end--;
10065 }
10066
10067 return end;
10068 }
10069
10070 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10071
10072 static void
10073 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10074 {
10075 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
10076 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
10077 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
10078 CORE_ADDR end;
10079 struct breakpoint *b;
10080 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
10081 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
10082 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
10083
10084 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10085 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10086 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10087
10088 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10089 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10090 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10091 bp_count, 0);
10092 if (can_use_bp < 0)
10093 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10094
10095 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10096 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
10097 error(_("No address range specified."));
10098
10099 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10100
10101 arg_start = arg;
10102 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
10103
10104 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10105
10106 if (arg[0] != ',')
10107 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10108 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
10109 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10110
10111 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
10112
10113 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
10114 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
10115 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10116
10117 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
10118 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10119 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
10120
10121 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
10122 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10123
10124 /* Parse the end location. */
10125
10126 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10127 arg_start = arg;
10128
10129 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10130 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10131 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10132 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10133 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10134 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10135 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
10136 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
10137
10138 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10139
10140 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
10141 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10142
10143 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
10144 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
10145 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
10146 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10147
10148 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
10149 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10150 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
10151
10152 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
10153 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10154 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10155
10156 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10157 if (length < 0)
10158 /* Length overflowed. */
10159 error (_("Address range too large."));
10160 else if (length == 1)
10161 {
10162 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10163 the `hbreak' command. */
10164 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
10165
10166 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10167
10168 return;
10169 }
10170
10171 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10172 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10173 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10174 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10175 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10176 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10177 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
10178 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
10179 b->loc->length = length;
10180
10181 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10182
10183 mention (b);
10184 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10185 update_global_location_list (1);
10186 }
10187
10188 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10189 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10190 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10191 zero. */
10192
10193 static int
10194 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10195 {
10196 int i = exp->nelts;
10197
10198 while (i > 0)
10199 {
10200 int oplenp, argsp;
10201
10202 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10203 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10204 i -= oplenp;
10205
10206 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10207 {
10208 case BINOP_ADD:
10209 case BINOP_SUB:
10210 case BINOP_MUL:
10211 case BINOP_DIV:
10212 case BINOP_REM:
10213 case BINOP_MOD:
10214 case BINOP_LSH:
10215 case BINOP_RSH:
10216 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10217 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10218 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10219 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10220 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10221 case BINOP_EQUAL:
10222 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10223 case BINOP_LESS:
10224 case BINOP_GTR:
10225 case BINOP_LEQ:
10226 case BINOP_GEQ:
10227 case BINOP_REPEAT:
10228 case BINOP_COMMA:
10229 case BINOP_EXP:
10230 case BINOP_MIN:
10231 case BINOP_MAX:
10232 case BINOP_INTDIV:
10233 case BINOP_CONCAT:
10234 case BINOP_IN:
10235 case BINOP_RANGE:
10236 case TERNOP_COND:
10237 case TERNOP_SLICE:
10238
10239 case OP_LONG:
10240 case OP_DOUBLE:
10241 case OP_DECFLOAT:
10242 case OP_LAST:
10243 case OP_COMPLEX:
10244 case OP_STRING:
10245 case OP_ARRAY:
10246 case OP_TYPE:
10247 case OP_TYPEOF:
10248 case OP_DECLTYPE:
10249 case OP_NAME:
10250 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10251
10252 case UNOP_NEG:
10253 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10254 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10255 case UNOP_ADDR:
10256 case UNOP_HIGH:
10257 case UNOP_CAST:
10258
10259 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10260 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10261 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10262 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10263 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10264 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10265 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10266
10267 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10268 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10269 ADDR is. */
10270 break;
10271
10272 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
10273 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10274
10275 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10276 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10277 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10278 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10279
10280 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10281 are always constant. */
10282 {
10283 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10284
10285 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10286 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10287 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10288 return 0;
10289 break;
10290 }
10291
10292 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10293 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10294 then it is not a constant. */
10295 default:
10296 return 0;
10297 }
10298 }
10299
10300 return 1;
10301 }
10302
10303 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10304
10305 static void
10306 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
10307 {
10308 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
10309
10310 xfree (w->cond_exp);
10311 xfree (w->exp);
10312 xfree (w->exp_string);
10313 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
10314 value_free (w->val);
10315
10316 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
10317 }
10318
10319 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10320
10321 static void
10322 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10323 {
10324 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10325
10326 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10327 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10328
10329 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10330 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10331 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10332 are loaded and unloaded.
10333
10334 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10335 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10336 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10337 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10338 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10339 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10340
10341 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10342 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10343 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10344 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10345
10346 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10347 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10348
10349 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10350 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10351 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10352 }
10353
10354 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10355
10356 static int
10357 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10358 {
10359 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10360 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10361
10362 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10363 w->cond_exp);
10364 }
10365
10366 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10367
10368 static int
10369 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10370 {
10371 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10372 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10373
10374 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10375 w->cond_exp);
10376 }
10377
10378 static int
10379 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10380 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10381 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10382 {
10383 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10384 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10385
10386 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10387 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10388 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10389 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10390 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10391 (did not match the data address). */
10392 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10393 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10394 return 0;
10395
10396 return 1;
10397 }
10398
10399 static void
10400 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10401 {
10402 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10403
10404 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10405 }
10406
10407 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10408 hardware watchpoints. */
10409
10410 static int
10411 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10412 {
10413 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10414 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10415
10416 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10417 }
10418
10419 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10420 hardware watchpoints. */
10421
10422 static int
10423 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10424 {
10425 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10426 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10427 }
10428
10429 static enum print_stop_action
10430 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10431 {
10432 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10433 struct breakpoint *b;
10434 const struct bp_location *bl;
10435 struct ui_file *stb;
10436 enum print_stop_action result;
10437 struct watchpoint *w;
10438 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10439
10440 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10441
10442 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
10443 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10444 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10445
10446 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10447 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10448
10449 switch (b->type)
10450 {
10451 case bp_watchpoint:
10452 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10453 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10454 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10455 ui_out_field_string
10456 (uiout, "reason",
10457 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10458 mention (b);
10459 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10460 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10461 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10462 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10463 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10464 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10465 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10466 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10467 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10468 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10469 break;
10470
10471 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10472 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10473 ui_out_field_string
10474 (uiout, "reason",
10475 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10476 mention (b);
10477 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10478 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10479 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10480 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
10481 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10482 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10483 break;
10484
10485 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10486 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10487 {
10488 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10489 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10490 ui_out_field_string
10491 (uiout, "reason",
10492 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10493 mention (b);
10494 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10495 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10496 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10497 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10498 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10499 }
10500 else
10501 {
10502 mention (b);
10503 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10504 ui_out_field_string
10505 (uiout, "reason",
10506 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10507 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10508 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10509 }
10510 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10511 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10512 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10513 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10514 break;
10515 default:
10516 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10517 }
10518
10519 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10520 return result;
10521 }
10522
10523 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10524 watchpoints. */
10525
10526 static void
10527 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10528 {
10529 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10530 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10531 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10532
10533 switch (b->type)
10534 {
10535 case bp_watchpoint:
10536 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
10537 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10538 break;
10539 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10540 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10541 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10542 break;
10543 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10544 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10545 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10546 break;
10547 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10548 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10549 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10550 break;
10551 default:
10552 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10553 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10554 }
10555
10556 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10557 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10558 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10559 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10560 }
10561
10562 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10563 watchpoints. */
10564
10565 static void
10566 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10567 {
10568 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10569
10570 switch (b->type)
10571 {
10572 case bp_watchpoint:
10573 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10574 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10575 break;
10576 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10577 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10578 break;
10579 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10580 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10581 break;
10582 default:
10583 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10584 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10585 }
10586
10587 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10588 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10589 }
10590
10591 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10592
10593 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10594
10595 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10596 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10597
10598 static int
10599 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10600 {
10601 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10602
10603 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10604 bl->watchpoint_type);
10605 }
10606
10607 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10608 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10609
10610 static int
10611 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10612 {
10613 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10614
10615 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10616 bl->watchpoint_type);
10617 }
10618
10619 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10620 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10621
10622 static int
10623 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10624 {
10625 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10626
10627 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
10628 }
10629
10630 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10631 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10632
10633 static int
10634 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10635 {
10636 return 0;
10637 }
10638
10639 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10640 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10641
10642 static enum print_stop_action
10643 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10644 {
10645 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10646 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10647
10648 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10649 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10650
10651 switch (b->type)
10652 {
10653 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10654 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10655 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10656 ui_out_field_string
10657 (uiout, "reason",
10658 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10659 break;
10660
10661 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10662 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10663 ui_out_field_string
10664 (uiout, "reason",
10665 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10666 break;
10667
10668 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10669 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10670 ui_out_field_string
10671 (uiout, "reason",
10672 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10673 break;
10674 default:
10675 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10676 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10677 }
10678
10679 mention (b);
10680 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
10681 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10682 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10683 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10684
10685 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10686 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10687 }
10688
10689 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10690 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10691
10692 static void
10693 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10694 struct ui_out *uiout)
10695 {
10696 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10697
10698 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10699 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10700
10701 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
10702 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
10703 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10704 }
10705
10706 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10707 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10708
10709 static void
10710 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10711 {
10712 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10713 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10714 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10715
10716 switch (b->type)
10717 {
10718 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10719 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10720 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10721 break;
10722 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10723 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10724 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10725 break;
10726 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10727 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10728 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10729 break;
10730 default:
10731 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10732 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10733 }
10734
10735 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10736 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10737 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10738 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10739 }
10740
10741 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10742 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10743
10744 static void
10745 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10746 {
10747 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10748 char tmp[40];
10749
10750 switch (b->type)
10751 {
10752 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10753 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10754 break;
10755 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10756 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10757 break;
10758 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10759 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10760 break;
10761 default:
10762 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10763 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10764 }
10765
10766 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
10767 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
10768 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10769 }
10770
10771 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10772
10773 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10774
10775 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10776
10777 static int
10778 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10779 {
10780 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10781 }
10782
10783 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10784 hw_read: watch read,
10785 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10786 static void
10787 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
10788 int just_location, int internal)
10789 {
10790 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
10791 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
10792 struct expression *exp;
10793 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
10794 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
10795 struct frame_info *frame;
10796 char *exp_start = NULL;
10797 char *exp_end = NULL;
10798 char *tok, *end_tok;
10799 int toklen = -1;
10800 char *cond_start = NULL;
10801 char *cond_end = NULL;
10802 enum bptype bp_type;
10803 int thread = -1;
10804 int pc = 0;
10805 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10806 the hardware watchpoint. */
10807 int use_mask = 0;
10808 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
10809 struct watchpoint *w;
10810
10811 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10812 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
10813 {
10814 char *value_start;
10815
10816 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10817 of the arguments string. */
10818 for (tok = arg + strlen (arg) - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
10819 {
10820 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10821 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10822 tok--;
10823
10824 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10825 This is the value of the parameter. */
10826 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10827 tok--;
10828 value_start = tok + 1;
10829
10830 /* Skip whitespace. */
10831 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10832 tok--;
10833
10834 end_tok = tok;
10835
10836 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10837 This is the parameter itself. */
10838 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10839 tok--;
10840 tok++;
10841 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
10842
10843 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
10844 {
10845 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10846 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10847 only in a specific thread. */
10848 char *endp;
10849
10850 if (thread != -1)
10851 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10852
10853 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10854 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
10855
10856 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
10857 thread ID. */
10858 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
10859 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
10860
10861 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
10862 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
10863 invalid_thread_id_error (thread);
10864 }
10865 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
10866 {
10867 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10868 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10869 facility. */
10870 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
10871
10872 if (use_mask)
10873 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10874
10875 use_mask = just_location = 1;
10876
10877 mark = value_mark ();
10878 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
10879 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
10880 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10881 }
10882 else
10883 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10884 break;
10885
10886 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10887 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10888 *tok = '\0';
10889 }
10890 }
10891
10892 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
10893 innermost_block = NULL;
10894 exp_start = arg;
10895 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
10896 exp_end = arg;
10897 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10898 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10899 prettier. */
10900 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
10901 --exp_end;
10902
10903 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10904 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
10905 {
10906 int len;
10907
10908 len = exp_end - exp_start;
10909 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
10910 len--;
10911 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
10912 }
10913
10914 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
10915 mark = value_mark ();
10916 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL);
10917
10918 if (just_location)
10919 {
10920 int ret;
10921
10922 exp_valid_block = NULL;
10923 val = value_addr (result);
10924 release_value (val);
10925 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10926
10927 if (use_mask)
10928 {
10929 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
10930 mask);
10931 if (ret == -1)
10932 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10933 else if (ret == -2)
10934 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10935 }
10936 }
10937 else if (val != NULL)
10938 release_value (val);
10939
10940 tok = skip_spaces (arg);
10941 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
10942
10943 toklen = end_tok - tok;
10944 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
10945 {
10946 struct expression *cond;
10947
10948 innermost_block = NULL;
10949 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
10950 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
10951
10952 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10953 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10954 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
10955
10956 xfree (cond);
10957 cond_end = tok;
10958 }
10959 if (*tok)
10960 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10961
10962 if (accessflag == hw_read)
10963 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
10964 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
10965 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
10966 else
10967 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10968
10969 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
10970
10971 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10972 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10973 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10974 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10975 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
10976 {
10977 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
10978 {
10979 scope_breakpoint
10980 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
10981 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
10982 bp_watchpoint_scope,
10983 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
10984
10985 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
10986
10987 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10988 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
10989
10990 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10991 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
10992
10993 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10994 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
10995 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
10996 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
10997 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
10998 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
10999 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
11000 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
11001 scope_breakpoint->type);
11002 }
11003 }
11004
11005 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
11006
11007 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
11008 b = &w->base;
11009 if (use_mask)
11010 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11011 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11012 else
11013 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11014 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11015 b->thread = thread;
11016 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
11017 b->pspace = current_program_space;
11018 w->exp = exp;
11019 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
11020 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
11021 if (just_location)
11022 {
11023 struct type *t = value_type (val);
11024 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
11025 char *name;
11026
11027 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
11028 name = type_to_string (t);
11029
11030 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
11031 core_addr_to_string (addr));
11032 xfree (name);
11033
11034 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11035 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
11036
11037 /* The above expression is in C. */
11038 b->language = language_c;
11039 }
11040 else
11041 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
11042
11043 if (use_mask)
11044 {
11045 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
11046 }
11047 else
11048 {
11049 w->val = val;
11050 w->val_valid = 1;
11051 }
11052
11053 if (cond_start)
11054 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
11055 else
11056 b->cond_string = 0;
11057
11058 if (frame)
11059 {
11060 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
11061 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
11062 }
11063 else
11064 {
11065 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
11066 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
11067 }
11068
11069 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
11070 {
11071 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11072 need to act on them together. */
11073 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
11074 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
11075 }
11076
11077 if (!just_location)
11078 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11079
11080 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11081 {
11082 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11083 that should be inserted. */
11084 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
11085 }
11086 if (e.reason < 0)
11087 {
11088 delete_breakpoint (b);
11089 throw_exception (e);
11090 }
11091
11092 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
11093 }
11094
11095 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11096 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11097
11098 static int
11099 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
11100 {
11101 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
11102 struct value *head = v;
11103
11104 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11105 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
11106 return 0;
11107
11108 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11109 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11110 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11111 hardware watchpoint.
11112
11113 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11114 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11115 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11116 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11117 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11118 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11119 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11120 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11121 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11122
11123 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11124 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11125 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11126 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11127 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
11128 {
11129 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
11130 {
11131 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
11132 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11133 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11134 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11135 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11136 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11137 ;
11138 else
11139 {
11140 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11141 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11142 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
11143
11144 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11145 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11146 middle of some value chain. */
11147 if (v == head
11148 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11149 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
11150 {
11151 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
11152 int len;
11153 int num_regs;
11154
11155 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11156 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11157 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11158
11159 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11160 if (!num_regs)
11161 return 0;
11162 else
11163 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11164 }
11165 }
11166 }
11167 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11168 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11169 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11170 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11171 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11172 }
11173
11174 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11175 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11176 return found_memory_cnt;
11177 }
11178
11179 void
11180 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11181 {
11182 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11183 }
11184
11185 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11186 calls watch_command_1. */
11187
11188 static void
11189 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11190 {
11191 int just_location = 0;
11192
11193 if (arg
11194 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11195 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11196 {
11197 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11198 just_location = 1;
11199 }
11200
11201 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11202 }
11203
11204 static void
11205 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11206 {
11207 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11208 }
11209
11210 void
11211 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11212 {
11213 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11214 }
11215
11216 static void
11217 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11218 {
11219 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11220 }
11221
11222 void
11223 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11224 {
11225 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11226 }
11227
11228 static void
11229 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11230 {
11231 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11232 }
11233 \f
11234
11235 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11236 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11237
11238 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11239 {
11240 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11241 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
11242 int thread_num;
11243 };
11244
11245 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11246 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11247 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11248 command. */
11249 static void
11250 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
11251 {
11252 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
11253
11254 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
11255 if (a->breakpoint2)
11256 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
11257 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
11258 }
11259
11260 void
11261 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11262 {
11263 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11264 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11265 struct frame_info *frame;
11266 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11267 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11268 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11269 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11270 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
11271 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11272 int thread;
11273 struct thread_info *tp;
11274
11275 clear_proceed_status ();
11276
11277 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11278 this function. */
11279
11280 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11281 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11282 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11283 get_last_displayed_line ());
11284 else
11285 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11286 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
11287
11288 if (sals.nelts != 1)
11289 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11290
11291 sal = sals.sals[0];
11292 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11293
11294 if (*arg)
11295 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11296
11297 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11298
11299 tp = inferior_thread ();
11300 thread = tp->num;
11301
11302 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11303
11304 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11305 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11306 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11307 that. */
11308
11309 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11310 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11311 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11312 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11313
11314 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11315 one. */
11316
11317 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11318 {
11319 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11320
11321 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11322 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11323 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11324 sal2,
11325 caller_frame_id,
11326 bp_until);
11327 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
11328
11329 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11330 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11331 }
11332
11333 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11334 frame = NULL;
11335
11336 if (anywhere)
11337 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11338 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11339 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11340 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11341 else
11342 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11343 only at the very same frame. */
11344 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11345 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11346 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
11347
11348 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
11349
11350 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11351 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11352 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11353 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11354
11355 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
11356 {
11357 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
11358 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
11359
11360 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
11361 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
11362 args->thread_num = thread;
11363
11364 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11365 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11366 until_break_command_continuation, args,
11367 xfree);
11368 }
11369 else
11370 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11371 }
11372
11373 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11374 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11375
11376 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11377 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11378 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11379 if clause in the arg string. */
11380
11381 static char *
11382 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11383 {
11384 char *cond_string;
11385
11386 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11387 return NULL;
11388
11389 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11390 (*arg) += 2;
11391
11392 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11393 condition string. */
11394 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11395 cond_string = *arg;
11396
11397 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11398 string. */
11399 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11400
11401 return cond_string;
11402 }
11403
11404 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11405 process start/exit, etc. */
11406
11407 typedef enum
11408 {
11409 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11410 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11411 }
11412 catch_fork_kind;
11413
11414 static void
11415 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11416 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11417 {
11418 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11419 char *cond_string = NULL;
11420 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11421 int tempflag;
11422
11423 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11424 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11425 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11426
11427 if (!arg)
11428 arg = "";
11429 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11430
11431 /* The allowed syntax is:
11432 catch [v]fork
11433 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11434
11435 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11436 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11437
11438 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11439 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11440
11441 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11442 and enable reporting of such events. */
11443 switch (fork_kind)
11444 {
11445 case catch_fork_temporary:
11446 case catch_fork_permanent:
11447 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11448 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11449 break;
11450 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11451 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11452 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11453 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11454 break;
11455 default:
11456 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11457 break;
11458 }
11459 }
11460
11461 static void
11462 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11463 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11464 {
11465 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
11466 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11467 int tempflag;
11468 char *cond_string = NULL;
11469
11470 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11471
11472 if (!arg)
11473 arg = "";
11474 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11475
11476 /* The allowed syntax is:
11477 catch exec
11478 catch exec if <cond>
11479
11480 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11481 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11482
11483 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11484 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11485
11486 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
11487 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11488 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11489 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11490
11491 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
11492 }
11493
11494 static enum print_stop_action
11495 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs)
11496 {
11497 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11498 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11499 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
11500
11501 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
11502
11503 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11504 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
11505 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
11506 b->loc->address,
11507 b->number, 1);
11508 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11509 ui_out_text (uiout,
11510 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
11511 : "Catchpoint ");
11512 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11513 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11514 ui_out_text (uiout,
11515 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
11516 : " (exception caught), ");
11517 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11518 {
11519 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
11520 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
11521 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
11522 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11523 }
11524 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
11525 }
11526
11527 static void
11528 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11529 struct bp_location **last_loc)
11530 {
11531 struct value_print_options opts;
11532 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11533
11534 get_user_print_options (&opts);
11535 if (opts.addressprint)
11536 {
11537 annotate_field (4);
11538 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
11539 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
11540 else
11541 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
11542 b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address);
11543 }
11544 annotate_field (5);
11545 if (b->loc)
11546 *last_loc = b->loc;
11547 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
11548 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
11549 else
11550 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
11551 }
11552
11553 static void
11554 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11555 {
11556 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11557 int bp_temp;
11558 int bp_throw;
11559
11560 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11561 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11562 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
11563 : _("Catchpoint "));
11564 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11565 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
11566 : _(" (catch)"));
11567 }
11568
11569 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
11570 catch catchpoints. */
11571
11572 static void
11573 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11574 struct ui_file *fp)
11575 {
11576 int bp_temp;
11577 int bp_throw;
11578
11579 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11580 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11581 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_temp ? "tcatch " : "catch ");
11582 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_throw ? "throw" : "catch");
11583 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11584 }
11585
11586 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
11587
11588 static int
11589 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
11590 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
11591 {
11592 char *trigger_func_name;
11593
11594 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
11595 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
11596 else
11597 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
11598
11599 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
11600 trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1, NULL,
11601 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
11602 tempflag, bp_breakpoint,
11603 0,
11604 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
11605 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
11606 1 /* enabled */,
11607 0 /* internal */,
11608 0);
11609
11610 return 1;
11611 }
11612
11613 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
11614
11615 static void
11616 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
11617 int tempflag, int from_tty)
11618 {
11619 char *cond_string = NULL;
11620
11621 if (!arg)
11622 arg = "";
11623 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11624
11625 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11626
11627 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11628 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11629
11630 if (ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW
11631 && ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH)
11632 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
11633
11634 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
11635 return;
11636
11637 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
11638 }
11639
11640 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
11641
11642 static void
11643 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
11644 {
11645 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11646
11647 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
11648 }
11649
11650 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
11651
11652 static void
11653 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
11654 {
11655 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11656
11657 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
11658 }
11659
11660 void
11661 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11662 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11663 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11664 char *addr_string,
11665 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11666 int tempflag,
11667 int from_tty)
11668 {
11669 if (from_tty)
11670 {
11671 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11672 if (!loc_gdbarch)
11673 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11674
11675 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11676 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11677 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11678 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11679 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11680 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11681 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11682 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11683 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11684 enough for now, though. */
11685 }
11686
11687 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11688
11689 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11690 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11691 b->addr_string = addr_string;
11692 b->language = language_ada;
11693 }
11694
11695 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11696 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11697 static VEC(int) *
11698 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
11699 {
11700 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
11701 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
11702
11703 while (*arg != '\0')
11704 {
11705 int i, syscall_number;
11706 char *endptr;
11707 char cur_name[128];
11708 struct syscall s;
11709
11710 /* Skip whitespace. */
11711 while (isspace (*arg))
11712 arg++;
11713
11714 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
11715 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
11716 cur_name[i] = '\0';
11717 arg += i;
11718
11719 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11720 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
11721 if (*endptr == '\0')
11722 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
11723 else
11724 {
11725 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11726 to a number. */
11727 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
11728
11729 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
11730 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11731 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11732 syscall number to be caught. */
11733 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
11734 }
11735
11736 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11737 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
11738 }
11739
11740 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
11741 return result;
11742 }
11743
11744 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11745
11746 static void
11747 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11748 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11749 {
11750 int tempflag;
11751 VEC(int) *filter;
11752 struct syscall s;
11753 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11754
11755 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11756 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
11757 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11758 this architecture yet."));
11759
11760 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11761
11762 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11763
11764 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11765 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11766 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11767 for his/her architecture. */
11768 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
11769
11770 /* The allowed syntax is:
11771 catch syscall
11772 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11773
11774 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11775
11776 if (arg != NULL)
11777 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
11778 else
11779 filter = NULL;
11780
11781 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
11782 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
11783 }
11784
11785 static void
11786 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11787 {
11788 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11789 }
11790 \f
11791
11792 static void
11793 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11794 {
11795 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11796 }
11797
11798 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11799
11800 static int
11801 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
11802 {
11803 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
11804 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
11805 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
11806 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
11807
11808 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
11809 return -1;
11810 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
11811 return 1;
11812
11813 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11814 the number 0. */
11815 if (ua < ub)
11816 return -1;
11817 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
11818 }
11819
11820 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11821
11822 static void
11823 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11824 {
11825 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
11826 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
11827 int ix;
11828 int default_match;
11829 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11830 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11831 int i;
11832 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11833
11834 if (arg)
11835 {
11836 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
11837 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11838 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
11839 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11840 default_match = 0;
11841 }
11842 else
11843 {
11844 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
11845 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
11846 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11847 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11848
11849 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11850 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11851 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11852 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
11853 if (sal.symtab == 0)
11854 error (_("No source file specified."));
11855
11856 sals.sals[0] = sal;
11857 sals.nelts = 1;
11858
11859 default_match = 1;
11860 }
11861
11862 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11863 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11864 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11865 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11866
11867 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11868 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11869 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11870 due to optimization, all in one block.
11871
11872 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11873 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11874 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11875 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11876 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11877 to support that. */
11878
11879 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11880 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11881 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11882 breakpoint. */
11883
11884 found = NULL;
11885 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
11886 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
11887 {
11888 int is_abs;
11889
11890 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11891 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11892 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11893 or at default pc.
11894
11895 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11896
11897 0 1 pc
11898 1 1 pc _and_ line
11899 0 0 line
11900 1 0 <can't happen> */
11901
11902 sal = sals.sals[i];
11903 is_abs = sal.symtab == NULL ? 1 : IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename);
11904
11905 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11906 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11907 {
11908 int match = 0;
11909 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11910 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
11911 {
11912 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
11913 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11914 {
11915 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11916 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11917 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
11918 && sal.pc
11919 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
11920 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
11921 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
11922 || loc->section == sal.section));
11923 int line_match = 0;
11924
11925 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
11926 && loc->source_file != NULL
11927 && sal.symtab != NULL
11928 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
11929 && loc->line_number == sal.line)
11930 {
11931 if (filename_cmp (loc->source_file,
11932 sal.symtab->filename) == 0)
11933 line_match = 1;
11934 else if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename)
11935 && compare_filenames_for_search (loc->source_file,
11936 sal.symtab->filename))
11937 line_match = 1;
11938 }
11939
11940 if (pc_match || line_match)
11941 {
11942 match = 1;
11943 break;
11944 }
11945 }
11946 }
11947
11948 if (match)
11949 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
11950 }
11951 }
11952
11953 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11954 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
11955 {
11956 if (arg)
11957 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
11958 else
11959 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11960 }
11961
11962 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11963 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
11964 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
11965 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
11966 compare_breakpoints);
11967 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
11968 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
11969 {
11970 if (b == prev)
11971 {
11972 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
11973 --ix;
11974 }
11975 }
11976
11977 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
11978 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11979 if (from_tty)
11980 {
11981 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
11982 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11983 else
11984 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11985 }
11986 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
11987
11988 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
11989 {
11990 if (from_tty)
11991 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
11992 delete_breakpoint (b);
11993 }
11994 if (from_tty)
11995 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11996
11997 do_cleanups (cleanups);
11998 }
11999 \f
12000 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12001 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12002 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12003
12004 void
12005 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
12006 {
12007 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12008
12009 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
12010 if (bs->breakpoint_at
12011 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
12012 && bs->stop)
12013 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
12014
12015 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12016 {
12017 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
12018 delete_breakpoint (b);
12019 }
12020 }
12021
12022 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12023 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12024 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12025 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
12026 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12027 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12028
12029 static int
12030 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
12031 {
12032 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
12033 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
12034 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
12035 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12036 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12037
12038 if (a->address != b->address)
12039 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
12040
12041 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12042 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12043 grouped. */
12044
12045 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
12046 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
12047 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
12048
12049 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12050 if (a_perm != b_perm)
12051 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
12052
12053 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12054 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12055 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12056
12057 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
12058 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
12059 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
12060
12061 return (a > b) - (a < b);
12062 }
12063
12064 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12065 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12066 content of the bp_location array. */
12067
12068 static void
12069 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12070 {
12071 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
12072
12073 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
12074 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
12075
12076 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
12077 {
12078 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
12079
12080 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
12081 continue;
12082
12083 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
12084 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
12085
12086 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
12087 addr = bl->address - start;
12088 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
12089 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
12090
12091 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12092
12093 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
12094 addr = end - bl->address;
12095 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
12096 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
12097 }
12098 }
12099
12100 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12101
12102 static void
12103 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12104 {
12105 struct breakpoint *b;
12106 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12107
12108 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12109 return;
12110
12111 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12112
12113 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12114 {
12115 struct bp_location *bl;
12116 struct tracepoint *t;
12117 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
12118
12119 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
12120 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12121 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
12122 continue;
12123
12124 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
12125 {
12126 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12127 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12128 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12129 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
12130 continue;
12131
12132 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
12133
12134 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
12135
12136 bl->inserted = 1;
12137 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
12138 }
12139 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12140 t->number_on_target = b->number;
12141 if (bp_location_downloaded)
12142 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12143 }
12144
12145 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12146 }
12147
12148 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12149
12150 static void
12151 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
12152 {
12153 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
12154 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
12155 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
12156 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
12157
12158 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12159 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
12160 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
12161 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
12162 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
12163
12164 left->inserted = right->inserted;
12165 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
12166 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
12167 left->target_info = right->target_info;
12168 right->inserted = left_inserted;
12169 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
12170 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
12171 right->target_info = left_target_info;
12172 }
12173
12174 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12175 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12176 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12177 the target. */
12178
12179 static void
12180 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
12181 {
12182 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
12183 struct bp_location *loc;
12184 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
12185 int pspace_num;
12186
12187 address = bl->address;
12188 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
12189
12190 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12191 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12192 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12193 side. */
12194 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12195 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12196 return;
12197
12198 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12199 the same program space as the location
12200 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12201 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12202 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
12203 {
12204 loc = *loc2p;
12205
12206 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
12207 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
12208 continue;
12209
12210 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12211 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12212 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12213 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12214 that have already been marked. */
12215 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
12216
12217 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12218 it later on. */
12219 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
12220 {
12221 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
12222 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
12223 }
12224 }
12225 }
12226
12227 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12228 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12229 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12230 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12231 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12232 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12233 returns true on them.
12234
12235 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12236 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12237 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12238 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12239 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12240 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12241
12242 static void
12243 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
12244 {
12245 struct breakpoint *b;
12246 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
12247 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12248 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12249 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
12250 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12251 int last_pspace_num = -1;
12252
12253 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12254 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12255 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12256 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12257 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12258 once. */
12259 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
12260 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
12261 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
12262 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
12263
12264 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12265 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12266 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
12267 unsigned old_location_count;
12268
12269 old_location = bp_location;
12270 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
12271 bp_location = NULL;
12272 bp_location_count = 0;
12273 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
12274
12275 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12276 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12277 bp_location_count++;
12278
12279 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
12280 locp = bp_location;
12281 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12282 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12283 *locp++ = loc;
12284 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
12285 bp_location_compare);
12286
12287 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12288
12289 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12290 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12291 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12292 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12293 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12294 location.
12295
12296 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12297 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12298
12299 locp = bp_location;
12300 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
12301 old_locp++)
12302 {
12303 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
12304 struct bp_location **loc2p;
12305
12306 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12307 not, we have to free it. */
12308 int found_object = 0;
12309 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12310 int keep_in_target = 0;
12311 int removed = 0;
12312
12313 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12314 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12315 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12316 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12317 locp++;
12318
12319 for (loc2p = locp;
12320 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12321 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12322 loc2p++)
12323 {
12324 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12325 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12326 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12327 place there. */
12328 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12329 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12330 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12331 {
12332 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12333 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12334 }
12335
12336 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12337 found_object = 1;
12338 }
12339
12340 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12341 have to go through updates again. */
12342 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12343
12344 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12345 if (!found_object)
12346 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12347
12348 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12349 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12350 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12351 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12352 at certain location is not inserted. */
12353
12354 if (old_loc->inserted)
12355 {
12356 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12357 it. */
12358
12359 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12360 {
12361 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12362 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12363 keep_in_target = 1;
12364 }
12365 else
12366 {
12367 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12368 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12369 remove its target-side condition. */
12370
12371 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12372 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12373 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12374 this one from the target. */
12375
12376 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12377 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12378 {
12379 for (loc2p = locp;
12380 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12381 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12382 loc2p++)
12383 {
12384 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12385
12386 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12387 {
12388 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12389 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12390 supported, but the latter are. */
12391 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12392 {
12393 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12394 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12395 }
12396
12397 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12398 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12399 unduplicated. */
12400 if (loc2 != old_loc
12401 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12402 {
12403 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12404 keep_in_target = 1;
12405 break;
12406 }
12407 }
12408 }
12409 }
12410 }
12411
12412 if (!keep_in_target)
12413 {
12414 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
12415 {
12416 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12417 this location on the global list, and try to
12418 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12419 reason why we will succeed next time.
12420
12421 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12422 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12423 only after calling us. */
12424 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12425 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12426 old_loc->owner->number);
12427 }
12428 removed = 1;
12429 }
12430 }
12431
12432 if (!found_object)
12433 {
12434 if (removed && non_stop
12435 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
12436 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12437 {
12438 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12439 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12440 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12441 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12442 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12443 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12444 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12445 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12446 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12447 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12448 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12449 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12450 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12451 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12452 SIGTRAP.
12453
12454 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12455 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12456
12457 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12458 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12459 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12460 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12461 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12462 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12463 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12464 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12465 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12466 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12467 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12468 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12469 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12470 thread_count.
12471
12472 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12473 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12474 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12475 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12476
12477 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12478 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12479 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12480 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12481 traps we can no longer explain. */
12482
12483 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12484 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12485
12486 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12487 }
12488 else
12489 {
12490 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12491 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12492 }
12493 }
12494 }
12495
12496 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12497 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12498 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12499 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12500 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12501 are sorted first for the same address.
12502
12503 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12504 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12505
12506 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12507 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12508 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12509 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12510 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12511 {
12512 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12513 non-NULL. */
12514 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12515 b = loc->owner;
12516
12517 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12518 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12519 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12520 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12521 `struct bp_location'. */
12522 || is_tracepoint (b))
12523 {
12524 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12525 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12526 continue;
12527 }
12528
12529 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12530 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
12531 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12532 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12533 "actually inserted"));
12534
12535 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12536 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12537 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12538 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12539 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12540 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12541 else
12542 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12543
12544 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12545 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12546 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12547 {
12548 *loc_first_p = loc;
12549 loc->duplicate = 0;
12550
12551 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12552 {
12553 loc->needs_update = 1;
12554 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12555 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12556 }
12557 continue;
12558 }
12559
12560
12561 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12562 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12563 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12564 if (loc->inserted)
12565 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12566 loc->duplicate = 1;
12567
12568 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12569 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12570
12571 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
12572 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12573 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12574 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12575 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12576 }
12577
12578 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12579 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12580 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12581 {
12582 if (should_insert)
12583 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12584 else
12585 {
12586 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12587 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12588 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12589 "needs_update". */
12590 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12591 }
12592 }
12593
12594 if (should_insert)
12595 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12596
12597 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12598 }
12599
12600 void
12601 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12602 {
12603 struct bp_location *loc;
12604 int ix;
12605
12606 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12607 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12608 {
12609 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12610 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12611 --ix;
12612 }
12613 }
12614
12615 static void
12616 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
12617 {
12618 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12619
12620 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12621 update_global_location_list (inserting);
12622 }
12623
12624 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12625
12626 static void
12627 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12628 {
12629 bpstat bs;
12630
12631 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12632 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12633 {
12634 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12635 bs->old_val = NULL;
12636 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12637 }
12638 }
12639
12640 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12641 static int
12642 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12643 {
12644 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
12645
12646 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12647 return 0;
12648 }
12649
12650 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12651 callbacks. */
12652
12653 static void
12654 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12655 {
12656 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12657 struct value_print_options opts;
12658
12659 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12660
12661 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12662 single string. */
12663 if (b->loc == NULL)
12664 {
12665 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
12666 }
12667 else
12668 {
12669 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->source_file == NULL)
12670 {
12671 printf_filtered (" at ");
12672 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12673 gdb_stdout);
12674 }
12675 if (b->loc->source_file)
12676 {
12677 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12678 more nicely. */
12679 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12680 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12681 b->loc->source_file, b->loc->line_number);
12682 else
12683 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12684 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12685 real situation somewhat. */
12686 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
12687 }
12688
12689 if (b->loc->next)
12690 {
12691 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12692 int n = 0;
12693 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12694 ++n;
12695 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12696 }
12697 }
12698 }
12699
12700 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12701
12702 static void
12703 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
12704 {
12705 xfree (self->cond);
12706 if (self->cond_bytecode)
12707 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
12708 xfree (self->function_name);
12709 xfree (self->source_file);
12710 }
12711
12712 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
12713 {
12714 bp_location_dtor
12715 };
12716
12717 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12718 inherit from. */
12719
12720 static void
12721 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
12722 {
12723 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
12724 xfree (self->cond_string);
12725 xfree (self->addr_string);
12726 xfree (self->filter);
12727 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
12728 }
12729
12730 static struct bp_location *
12731 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12732 {
12733 struct bp_location *loc;
12734
12735 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
12736 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
12737 return loc;
12738 }
12739
12740 static void
12741 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12742 {
12743 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12744 }
12745
12746 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12747 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12748
12749 static int
12750 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12751 {
12752 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12753 }
12754
12755 static int
12756 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12757 {
12758 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12759 }
12760
12761 static int
12762 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12763 struct address_space *aspace,
12764 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12765 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12766 {
12767 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12768 }
12769
12770 static void
12771 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
12772 {
12773 /* Always stop. */
12774 }
12775
12776 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12777 errors. */
12778
12779 static int
12780 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
12781 {
12782 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12783 }
12784
12785 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12786 errors. */
12787
12788 static int
12789 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12790 {
12791 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12792 }
12793
12794 static enum print_stop_action
12795 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
12796 {
12797 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12798 }
12799
12800 static void
12801 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12802 struct ui_out *uiout)
12803 {
12804 /* nothing */
12805 }
12806
12807 static void
12808 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12809 {
12810 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12811 }
12812
12813 static void
12814 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
12815 {
12816 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12817 }
12818
12819 static void
12820 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12821 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12822 enum bptype type_wanted,
12823 char *addr_start,
12824 char **copy_arg)
12825 {
12826 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12827 }
12828
12829 static void
12830 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12831 struct linespec_result *c,
12832 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12833 char *cond_string,
12834 char *extra_string,
12835 enum bptype type_wanted,
12836 enum bpdisp disposition,
12837 int thread,
12838 int task, int ignore_count,
12839 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
12840 int from_tty, int enabled,
12841 int internal, unsigned flags)
12842 {
12843 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12844 }
12845
12846 static void
12847 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12848 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12849 {
12850 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12851 }
12852
12853 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
12854 {
12855 base_breakpoint_dtor,
12856 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
12857 base_breakpoint_re_set,
12858 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
12859 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
12860 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
12861 base_breakpoint_check_status,
12862 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
12863 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
12864 base_breakpoint_print_it,
12865 NULL,
12866 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
12867 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
12868 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
12869 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
12870 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
12871 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
12872 };
12873
12874 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12875
12876 static void
12877 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12878 {
12879 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12880 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
12881 {
12882 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12883 delete_breakpoint (b);
12884 return;
12885 }
12886
12887 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12888 }
12889
12890 static int
12891 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12892 {
12893 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12894 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12895 &bl->target_info);
12896 else
12897 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12898 &bl->target_info);
12899 }
12900
12901 static int
12902 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12903 {
12904 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12905 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12906 else
12907 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12908 }
12909
12910 static int
12911 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12912 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12913 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12914 {
12915 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
12916
12917 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12918 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
12919 return 0;
12920
12921 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
12922 aspace, bp_addr))
12923 return 0;
12924
12925 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
12926 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
12927 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
12928 return 0;
12929
12930 return 1;
12931 }
12932
12933 static int
12934 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12935 {
12936 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
12937
12938 return 1;
12939 }
12940
12941 static enum print_stop_action
12942 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12943 {
12944 struct breakpoint *b;
12945 const struct bp_location *bl;
12946 int bp_temp;
12947 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12948
12949 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
12950
12951 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
12952 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12953
12954 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
12955 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
12956 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
12957 bl->address,
12958 b->number, 1);
12959 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
12960 if (bp_temp)
12961 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
12962 else
12963 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
12964 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
12965 {
12966 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
12967 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
12968 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
12969 }
12970 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
12971 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
12972
12973 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
12974 }
12975
12976 static void
12977 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12978 {
12979 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
12980 return;
12981
12982 switch (b->type)
12983 {
12984 case bp_breakpoint:
12985 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
12986 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
12987 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12988 else
12989 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12990 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12991 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
12992 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12993 break;
12994 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
12995 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
12996 break;
12997 case bp_dprintf:
12998 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
12999 break;
13000 }
13001
13002 say_where (b);
13003 }
13004
13005 static void
13006 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13007 {
13008 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13009 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
13010 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
13011 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
13012 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
13013 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13014 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
13015 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
13016 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
13017 else
13018 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13019 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
13020
13021 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
13022 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13023 }
13024
13025 static void
13026 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13027 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13028 enum bptype type_wanted,
13029 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13030 {
13031 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13032 addr_start, copy_arg);
13033 }
13034
13035 static void
13036 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13037 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13038 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13039 char *cond_string,
13040 char *extra_string,
13041 enum bptype type_wanted,
13042 enum bpdisp disposition,
13043 int thread,
13044 int task, int ignore_count,
13045 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13046 int from_tty, int enabled,
13047 int internal, unsigned flags)
13048 {
13049 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
13050 cond_string, extra_string,
13051 type_wanted,
13052 disposition, thread, task,
13053 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13054 enabled, internal, flags);
13055 }
13056
13057 static void
13058 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13059 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13060 {
13061 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13062 }
13063
13064 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13065
13066 static void
13067 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13068 {
13069 switch (b->type)
13070 {
13071 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13072 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13073 case bp_overlay_event:
13074 case bp_longjmp_master:
13075 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13076 case bp_exception_master:
13077 delete_breakpoint (b);
13078 break;
13079
13080 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13081 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13082 case bp_shlib_event:
13083
13084 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13085 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13086 case bp_thread_event:
13087 break;
13088 }
13089 }
13090
13091 static void
13092 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13093 {
13094 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
13095 {
13096 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13097 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13098 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13099 objects (among other things). */
13100 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
13101 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
13102 }
13103 else
13104 bs->stop = 0;
13105 }
13106
13107 static enum print_stop_action
13108 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13109 {
13110 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13111 struct breakpoint *b;
13112
13113 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13114
13115 switch (b->type)
13116 {
13117 case bp_shlib_event:
13118 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13119 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13120 to shlib event" message.) */
13121 print_solib_event (0);
13122 break;
13123
13124 case bp_thread_event:
13125 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13126 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13127 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13128 break;
13129
13130 case bp_overlay_event:
13131 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13132 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13133 break;
13134
13135 case bp_longjmp_master:
13136 /* These should never be enabled. */
13137 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13138 break;
13139
13140 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13141 /* These should never be enabled. */
13142 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13143 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13144 break;
13145
13146 case bp_exception_master:
13147 /* These should never be enabled. */
13148 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13149 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13150 break;
13151 }
13152
13153 return PRINT_NOTHING;
13154 }
13155
13156 static void
13157 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13158 {
13159 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13160 }
13161
13162 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13163
13164 static void
13165 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13166 {
13167 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13168 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
13169 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13170 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13171 }
13172
13173 static void
13174 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13175 {
13176 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13177 }
13178
13179 static enum print_stop_action
13180 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13181 {
13182 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13183
13184 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13185 {
13186 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13187
13188 switch (b->type)
13189 {
13190 case bp_finish:
13191 ui_out_field_string
13192 (uiout, "reason",
13193 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
13194 break;
13195
13196 case bp_until:
13197 ui_out_field_string
13198 (uiout, "reason",
13199 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
13200 break;
13201 }
13202 }
13203
13204 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
13205 }
13206
13207 static void
13208 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13209 {
13210 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13211 }
13212
13213 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13214
13215 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13216 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13217
13218 static void
13219 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13220 {
13221 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_id (self->thread);
13222
13223 if (tp)
13224 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
13225
13226 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
13227 }
13228
13229 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13230
13231 static int
13232 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13233 {
13234 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
13235
13236 if (v == 0)
13237 {
13238 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13239 if needed. */
13240 bl->probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13241 }
13242
13243 return v;
13244 }
13245
13246 static int
13247 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13248 {
13249 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13250 bl->probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13251
13252 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
13253 }
13254
13255 static void
13256 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13257 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13258 enum bptype type_wanted,
13259 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13260 {
13261 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13262
13263 lsal.sals = parse_probes (arg, canonical);
13264
13265 *copy_arg = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13266 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13267
13268 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13269 }
13270
13271 static void
13272 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13273 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13274 {
13275 *sals = parse_probes (s, NULL);
13276 if (!sals->sals)
13277 error (_("probe not found"));
13278 }
13279
13280 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13281
13282 static void
13283 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13284 {
13285 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13286 }
13287
13288 static int
13289 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13290 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13291 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13292 {
13293 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13294 tracepoints. */
13295 return 0;
13296 }
13297
13298 static void
13299 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13300 struct ui_out *uiout)
13301 {
13302 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13303 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
13304 {
13305 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
13306
13307 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
13308 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13309 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13310 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13311 }
13312 }
13313
13314 static void
13315 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13316 {
13317 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13318 return;
13319
13320 switch (b->type)
13321 {
13322 case bp_tracepoint:
13323 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13324 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13325 break;
13326 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13327 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13328 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13329 break;
13330 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13331 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13332 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13333 break;
13334 default:
13335 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13336 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13337 }
13338
13339 say_where (b);
13340 }
13341
13342 static void
13343 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13344 {
13345 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13346
13347 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13348 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13349 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13350 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13351 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13352 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13353 else
13354 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13355 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13356
13357 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
13358 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13359
13360 if (tp->pass_count)
13361 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13362 }
13363
13364 static void
13365 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13366 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13367 enum bptype type_wanted,
13368 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13369 {
13370 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13371 addr_start, copy_arg);
13372 }
13373
13374 static void
13375 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13376 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13377 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13378 char *cond_string,
13379 char *extra_string,
13380 enum bptype type_wanted,
13381 enum bpdisp disposition,
13382 int thread,
13383 int task, int ignore_count,
13384 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13385 int from_tty, int enabled,
13386 int internal, unsigned flags)
13387 {
13388 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
13389 cond_string, extra_string,
13390 type_wanted,
13391 disposition, thread, task,
13392 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13393 enabled, internal, flags);
13394 }
13395
13396 static void
13397 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13398 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13399 {
13400 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13401 }
13402
13403 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13404
13405 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13406 static probe. */
13407
13408 static void
13409 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13410 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13411 enum bptype type_wanted,
13412 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13413 {
13414 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13415 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13416 addr_start, copy_arg);
13417 }
13418
13419 static void
13420 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13421 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13422 {
13423 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13424 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b, s, sals);
13425 }
13426
13427 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13428
13429 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13430 markers (`-m'). */
13431
13432 static void
13433 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13434 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13435 enum bptype type_wanted,
13436 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13437 {
13438 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13439
13440 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
13441
13442 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
13443
13444 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13445 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13446 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13447 }
13448
13449 static void
13450 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13451 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13452 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13453 char *cond_string,
13454 char *extra_string,
13455 enum bptype type_wanted,
13456 enum bpdisp disposition,
13457 int thread,
13458 int task, int ignore_count,
13459 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13460 int from_tty, int enabled,
13461 int internal, unsigned flags)
13462 {
13463 int i;
13464
13465 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13466 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13467 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13468 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13469 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13470 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13471
13472 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
13473 {
13474 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
13475 struct tracepoint *tp;
13476 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13477 char *addr_string;
13478
13479 expanded.nelts = 1;
13480 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
13481
13482 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13483 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
13484
13485 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
13486 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
13487 addr_string, NULL,
13488 cond_string, extra_string,
13489 type_wanted, disposition,
13490 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13491 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13492 canonical->special_display);
13493 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13494 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13495 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13496 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13497 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13498 corresponds to this one */
13499 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13500
13501 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
13502
13503 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
13504 }
13505 }
13506
13507 static void
13508 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13509 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13510 {
13511 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13512
13513 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
13514 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13515 {
13516 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13517 sals->nelts = 1;
13518 }
13519 else
13520 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13521 }
13522
13523 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13524
13525 static int
13526 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13527 {
13528 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13529 }
13530
13531 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13532 structures. */
13533
13534 void
13535 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13536 {
13537 struct breakpoint *b;
13538
13539 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13540
13541 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13542 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13543 especial culprits.
13544
13545 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13546 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13547 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13548 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13549 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13550 deleted.
13551
13552 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13553 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13554 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13555 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13556 was chosen. */
13557 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13558 return;
13559
13560 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13561 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13562 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13563 {
13564 struct breakpoint *related;
13565 struct watchpoint *w;
13566
13567 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13568 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13569 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13570 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13571 else
13572 w = NULL;
13573 if (w != NULL)
13574 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13575
13576 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13577 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13578 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13579 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13580 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13581 }
13582
13583 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13584 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13585 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13586 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13587 if (bpt->number)
13588 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
13589
13590 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13591 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13592
13593 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13594 if (b->next == bpt)
13595 {
13596 b->next = bpt->next;
13597 break;
13598 }
13599
13600 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13601 been freed. */
13602 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13603 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13604 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13605 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13606 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13607 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13608 commands won't work. */
13609
13610 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13611
13612 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13613 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13614 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13615 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13616 might be better design to have location completely
13617 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13618 update_global_location_list (0);
13619
13620 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
13621 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13622 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13623 bpt->type = bp_none;
13624 xfree (bpt);
13625 }
13626
13627 static void
13628 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
13629 {
13630 delete_breakpoint (b);
13631 }
13632
13633 struct cleanup *
13634 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
13635 {
13636 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
13637 }
13638
13639 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13640 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13641
13642 static void
13643 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
13644 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
13645 void *),
13646 void *data)
13647 {
13648 struct breakpoint *related;
13649
13650 related = b;
13651 do
13652 {
13653 struct breakpoint *next;
13654
13655 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13656 next = related->related_breakpoint;
13657
13658 if (next == related)
13659 {
13660 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13661 function (related, data);
13662
13663 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13664 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13665 out. */
13666 break;
13667 }
13668 else
13669 function (related, data);
13670
13671 related = next;
13672 }
13673 while (related != b);
13674 }
13675
13676 static void
13677 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13678 {
13679 delete_breakpoint (b);
13680 }
13681
13682 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13683 delete_breakpoint. */
13684
13685 static void
13686 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13687 {
13688 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13689 }
13690
13691 void
13692 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13693 {
13694 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13695
13696 dont_repeat ();
13697
13698 if (arg == 0)
13699 {
13700 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13701
13702 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13703 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13704 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13705 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13706 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13707 {
13708 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13709 break;
13710 }
13711
13712 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13713 if (!from_tty
13714 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13715 {
13716 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13717 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13718 delete_breakpoint (b);
13719 }
13720 }
13721 else
13722 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13723 }
13724
13725 static int
13726 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
13727 {
13728 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
13729 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
13730 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13731 return 0;
13732 return 1;
13733 }
13734
13735 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13736 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13737 Null names are ignored. */
13738
13739 static int
13740 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
13741 {
13742 struct bp_location *l;
13743 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
13744 (int (*) (const void *,
13745 const void *)) streq,
13746 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
13747
13748 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
13749 {
13750 const char **slot;
13751 const char *name = l->function_name;
13752
13753 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13754 if (name == NULL)
13755 continue;
13756
13757 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
13758 INSERT);
13759 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13760 returns NULL. */
13761 if (*slot != NULL)
13762 {
13763 htab_delete (htab);
13764 return 1;
13765 }
13766 *slot = name;
13767 }
13768
13769 htab_delete (htab);
13770 return 0;
13771 }
13772
13773 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13774 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13775 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13776 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13777 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13778 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13779 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13780 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13781 The heuristic is:
13782
13783 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13784 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13785 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13786 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13787 in the sources, and output a warning.
13788
13789 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13790 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13791 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13792 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13793 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13794 warning.
13795
13796 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13797 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13798 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13799 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13800 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13801 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13802 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13803 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13804 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13805
13806 static struct symtab_and_line
13807 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
13808 {
13809 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13810 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
13811 CORE_ADDR pc;
13812
13813 pc = sal.pc;
13814 if (sal.line)
13815 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
13816
13817 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
13818 {
13819 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
13820 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13821 b->number,
13822 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
13823
13824 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13825 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
13826 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
13827
13828 return sal;
13829 }
13830
13831 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13832 by string ID. */
13833 if (!sal.explicit_pc
13834 && sal.line != 0
13835 && sal.symtab != NULL
13836 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
13837 {
13838 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
13839
13840 markers
13841 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13842
13843 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
13844 {
13845 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
13846 struct symbol *sym;
13847 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
13848 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13849
13850 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
13851
13852 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13853 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
13854
13855 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13856 "found at previous line number"),
13857 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13858
13859 init_sal (&sal2);
13860
13861 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
13862
13863 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
13864 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
13865 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
13866 if (sym)
13867 {
13868 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
13869 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
13870 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
13871 }
13872 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", sal2.symtab->filename);
13873 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
13874
13875 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13876 {
13877 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
13878
13879 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
13880 }
13881
13882 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
13883 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13884
13885 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
13886
13887 xfree (b->loc->source_file);
13888 if (sym)
13889 b->loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal2.symtab->filename);
13890 else
13891 b->loc->source_file = NULL;
13892
13893 xfree (b->addr_string);
13894 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13895 sal2.symtab->filename,
13896 b->loc->line_number);
13897
13898 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13899 so. */
13900
13901 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
13902 }
13903 }
13904 return sal;
13905 }
13906
13907 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13908 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13909
13910 static int
13911 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
13912 {
13913 while (a && b)
13914 {
13915 if (a->address != b->address)
13916 return 0;
13917
13918 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
13919 return 0;
13920
13921 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
13922 return 0;
13923
13924 a = a->next;
13925 b = b->next;
13926 }
13927
13928 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
13929 return 0;
13930
13931 return 1;
13932 }
13933
13934 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
13935 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
13936 a ranged breakpoint. */
13937
13938 void
13939 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
13940 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
13941 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
13942 {
13943 int i;
13944 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
13945
13946 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
13947 {
13948 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13949 location. */
13950 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
13951 update_global_location_list (1);
13952 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13953 "multiple locations found\n"),
13954 b->number);
13955 return;
13956 }
13957
13958 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13959 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13960 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13961 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13962 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13963 individual locations. */
13964 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
13965 return;
13966
13967 b->loc = NULL;
13968
13969 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
13970 {
13971 struct bp_location *new_loc;
13972
13973 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
13974
13975 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
13976
13977 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13978 old symtab. */
13979 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
13980 {
13981 char *s;
13982 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
13983
13984 s = b->cond_string;
13985 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
13986 {
13987 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
13988 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
13989 0);
13990 }
13991 if (e.reason < 0)
13992 {
13993 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13994 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13995 b->number, e.message);
13996 new_loc->enabled = 0;
13997 }
13998 }
13999
14000 if (sals_end.nelts)
14001 {
14002 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
14003
14004 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
14005 }
14006 }
14007
14008 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
14009 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14010 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
14011
14012 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14013 breakpoints. */
14014 {
14015 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
14016 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14017 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14018 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14019 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14020 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14021 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
14022
14023 for (; e; e = e->next)
14024 {
14025 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
14026 {
14027 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
14028 if (have_ambiguous_names)
14029 {
14030 for (; l; l = l->next)
14031 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
14032 {
14033 l->enabled = 0;
14034 break;
14035 }
14036 }
14037 else
14038 {
14039 for (; l; l = l->next)
14040 if (l->function_name
14041 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
14042 {
14043 l->enabled = 0;
14044 break;
14045 }
14046 }
14047 }
14048 }
14049 }
14050
14051 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
14052 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14053
14054 update_global_location_list (1);
14055 }
14056
14057 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14058 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14059
14060 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14061 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
14062 {
14063 char *s;
14064 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
14065 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14066
14067 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
14068 s = addr_string;
14069
14070 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14071 {
14072 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
14073 }
14074 if (e.reason < 0)
14075 {
14076 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
14077 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14078 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14079 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14080 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14081 state, then user already saw the message about that
14082 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14083 errors. */
14084 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14085 && (b->condition_not_parsed
14086 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
14087 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14088 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
14089 not_found_and_ok = 1;
14090
14091 if (!not_found_and_ok)
14092 {
14093 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14094 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14095 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14096 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14097 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14098 which approach is better. */
14099 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14100 throw_exception (e);
14101 }
14102 }
14103
14104 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
14105 {
14106 int i;
14107
14108 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14109 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
14110 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
14111 {
14112 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
14113 int thread, task;
14114
14115 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
14116 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
14117 &extra_string);
14118 if (cond_string)
14119 b->cond_string = cond_string;
14120 b->thread = thread;
14121 b->task = task;
14122 if (extra_string)
14123 b->extra_string = extra_string;
14124 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
14125 }
14126
14127 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
14128 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
14129
14130 *found = 1;
14131 }
14132 else
14133 *found = 0;
14134
14135 return sals;
14136 }
14137
14138 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14139 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14140 locations. */
14141
14142 static void
14143 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
14144 {
14145 int found;
14146 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
14147 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
14148 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
14149
14150 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
14151 if (found)
14152 {
14153 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
14154 expanded = sals;
14155 }
14156
14157 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
14158 {
14159 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
14160 if (found)
14161 {
14162 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
14163 expanded_end = sals_end;
14164 }
14165 }
14166
14167 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
14168 }
14169
14170 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14171 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14172
14173 static void
14174 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
14175 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14176 enum bptype type_wanted,
14177 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
14178 {
14179 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
14180 }
14181
14182 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14183 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14184 breakpoint_ops. */
14185
14186 static void
14187 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14188 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14189 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
14190 char *cond_string,
14191 char *extra_string,
14192 enum bptype type_wanted,
14193 enum bpdisp disposition,
14194 int thread,
14195 int task, int ignore_count,
14196 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14197 int from_tty, int enabled,
14198 int internal, unsigned flags)
14199 {
14200 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
14201 extra_string,
14202 type_wanted, disposition,
14203 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
14204 enabled, internal, flags);
14205 }
14206
14207 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14208 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14209
14210 static void
14211 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
14212 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14213 {
14214 struct linespec_result canonical;
14215
14216 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
14217 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
14218 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
14219 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
14220 b->filter);
14221
14222 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14223 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
14224
14225 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
14226 {
14227 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
14228
14229 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
14230 *sals = lsal->sals;
14231 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14232 contents. */
14233 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
14234 }
14235
14236 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
14237 }
14238
14239 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14240
14241 static struct cleanup *
14242 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
14243 {
14244 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14245
14246 input_radix = b->input_radix;
14247 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
14248 if (b->pspace != NULL)
14249 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
14250 set_language (b->language);
14251
14252 return cleanups;
14253 }
14254
14255 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14256 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14257 Unused in this case. */
14258
14259 static int
14260 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
14261 {
14262 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14263 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
14264 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14265
14266 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
14267 b->ops->re_set (b);
14268 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14269 return 0;
14270 }
14271
14272 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14273 void
14274 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14275 {
14276 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14277 enum language save_language;
14278 int save_input_radix;
14279 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14280
14281 save_language = current_language->la_language;
14282 save_input_radix = input_radix;
14283 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
14284
14285 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14286 {
14287 /* Format possible error msg. */
14288 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14289 b->number);
14290 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
14291 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
14292 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14293 }
14294 set_language (save_language);
14295 input_radix = save_input_radix;
14296
14297 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14298
14299 do_cleanups (old_chain);
14300
14301 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14302 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14303 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14304 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14305 }
14306 \f
14307 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14308
14309 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14310 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14311 void
14312 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14313 {
14314 if (b->thread != -1)
14315 {
14316 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14317 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14318
14319 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14320 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14321 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14322 as well. */
14323 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14324 }
14325 }
14326
14327 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14328 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14329 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14330
14331 void
14332 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14333 {
14334 struct breakpoint *b;
14335
14336 if (count < 0)
14337 count = 0;
14338
14339 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14340 if (b->number == bptnum)
14341 {
14342 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14343 {
14344 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14345 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14346 bptnum);
14347 return;
14348 }
14349
14350 b->ignore_count = count;
14351 if (from_tty)
14352 {
14353 if (count == 0)
14354 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14355 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14356 bptnum);
14357 else if (count == 1)
14358 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14359 bptnum);
14360 else
14361 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14362 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14363 count, bptnum);
14364 }
14365 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
14366 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14367 return;
14368 }
14369
14370 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14371 }
14372
14373 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14374
14375 static void
14376 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14377 {
14378 char *p = args;
14379 int num;
14380
14381 if (p == 0)
14382 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14383
14384 num = get_number (&p);
14385 if (num == 0)
14386 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14387 if (*p == 0)
14388 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14389
14390 set_ignore_count (num,
14391 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14392 from_tty);
14393 if (from_tty)
14394 printf_filtered ("\n");
14395 }
14396 \f
14397 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14398 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14399
14400 static void
14401 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14402 void *),
14403 void *data)
14404 {
14405 int num;
14406 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14407 int match;
14408 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14409
14410 if (args == 0)
14411 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14412
14413 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14414
14415 while (!state.finished)
14416 {
14417 char *p = state.string;
14418
14419 match = 0;
14420
14421 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
14422 if (num == 0)
14423 {
14424 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14425 }
14426 else
14427 {
14428 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14429 if (b->number == num)
14430 {
14431 match = 1;
14432 function (b, data);
14433 break;
14434 }
14435 if (match == 0)
14436 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14437 }
14438 }
14439 }
14440
14441 static struct bp_location *
14442 find_location_by_number (char *number)
14443 {
14444 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14445 char *p1;
14446 int bp_num;
14447 int loc_num;
14448 struct breakpoint *b;
14449 struct bp_location *loc;
14450
14451 *dot = '\0';
14452
14453 p1 = number;
14454 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14455 if (bp_num == 0)
14456 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14457
14458 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14459 if (b->number == bp_num)
14460 {
14461 break;
14462 }
14463
14464 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14465 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14466
14467 p1 = dot+1;
14468 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
14469 if (loc_num == 0)
14470 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
14471
14472 --loc_num;
14473 loc = b->loc;
14474 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
14475 ;
14476 if (!loc)
14477 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
14478
14479 return loc;
14480 }
14481
14482
14483 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14484 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14485 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14486
14487 void
14488 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14489 {
14490 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14491 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14492 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14493 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14494 return;
14495
14496 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14497 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14498 return;
14499
14500 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14501
14502 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14503 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14504
14505 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14506 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14507 {
14508 struct bp_location *location;
14509
14510 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14511 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14512 }
14513
14514 update_global_location_list (0);
14515
14516 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14517 }
14518
14519 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14520
14521 static void
14522 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14523 {
14524 disable_breakpoint (b);
14525 }
14526
14527 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14528 disable_breakpoint. */
14529
14530 static void
14531 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14532 {
14533 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14534 }
14535
14536 static void
14537 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14538 {
14539 if (args == 0)
14540 {
14541 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14542
14543 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14544 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14545 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14546 }
14547 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14548 {
14549 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14550 if (loc)
14551 {
14552 if (loc->enabled)
14553 {
14554 loc->enabled = 0;
14555 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14556 }
14557 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14558 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14559 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14560 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14561 }
14562 update_global_location_list (0);
14563 }
14564 else
14565 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14566 }
14567
14568 static void
14569 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14570 int count)
14571 {
14572 int target_resources_ok;
14573
14574 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14575 {
14576 int i;
14577 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14578 target_resources_ok =
14579 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14580 i + 1, 0);
14581 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14582 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14583 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14584 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14585 }
14586
14587 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14588 {
14589 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14590 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
14591 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14592
14593 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14594 {
14595 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14596
14597 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14598 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14599 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14600 }
14601 if (e.reason < 0)
14602 {
14603 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14604 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14605 bpt->number);
14606 return;
14607 }
14608 }
14609
14610 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
14611 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14612
14613 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14614
14615 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14616 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14617
14618 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14619 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14620 {
14621 struct bp_location *location;
14622
14623 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14624 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
14625 }
14626
14627 bpt->disposition = disposition;
14628 bpt->enable_count = count;
14629 update_global_location_list (1);
14630 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
14631
14632 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14633 }
14634
14635
14636 void
14637 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14638 {
14639 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
14640 }
14641
14642 static void
14643 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14644 {
14645 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14646 }
14647
14648 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14649 enable_breakpoint. */
14650
14651 static void
14652 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14653 {
14654 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14655 }
14656
14657 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14658 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14659 in stopping the inferior. */
14660
14661 static void
14662 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14663 {
14664 if (args == 0)
14665 {
14666 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14667
14668 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14669 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14670 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14671 }
14672 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14673 {
14674 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14675 if (loc)
14676 {
14677 if (!loc->enabled)
14678 {
14679 loc->enabled = 1;
14680 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14681 }
14682 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14683 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14684 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14685 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
14686 }
14687 update_global_location_list (1);
14688 }
14689 else
14690 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14691 }
14692
14693 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14694 breakpoints. */
14695
14696 struct disp_data
14697 {
14698 enum bpdisp disp;
14699 int count;
14700 };
14701
14702 static void
14703 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14704 {
14705 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
14706
14707 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
14708 }
14709
14710 static void
14711 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14712 {
14713 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
14714
14715 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14716 }
14717
14718 static void
14719 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14720 {
14721 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
14722 }
14723
14724 static void
14725 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
14726 {
14727 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
14728
14729 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14730 }
14731
14732 static void
14733 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14734 {
14735 int count = get_number (&args);
14736
14737 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
14738 }
14739
14740 static void
14741 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14742 {
14743 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
14744
14745 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14746 }
14747
14748 static void
14749 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14750 {
14751 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14752 }
14753 \f
14754 static void
14755 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14756 {
14757 }
14758
14759 static void
14760 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14761 {
14762 }
14763
14764 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14765 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14766 GDB itself. */
14767
14768 static void
14769 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
14770 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
14771 const bfd_byte *data)
14772 {
14773 struct breakpoint *bp;
14774
14775 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14776 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
14777 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
14778 {
14779 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
14780
14781 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
14782 {
14783 struct bp_location *loc;
14784
14785 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14786 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14787 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
14788 && addr + len > loc->address)
14789 {
14790 value_free (wp->val);
14791 wp->val = NULL;
14792 wp->val_valid = 0;
14793 }
14794 }
14795 }
14796 }
14797
14798 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14799 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14800 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14801 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14802 someday. */
14803
14804 void *
14805 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14806 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
14807 {
14808 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
14809
14810 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
14811
14812 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
14813 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
14814
14815 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
14816 {
14817 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14818 xfree (bp_tgt);
14819 return NULL;
14820 }
14821
14822 return bp_tgt;
14823 }
14824
14825 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14826 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14827
14828 int
14829 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
14830 {
14831 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
14832 int ret;
14833
14834 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
14835 xfree (bp_tgt);
14836
14837 return ret;
14838 }
14839
14840 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14841 stepping. */
14842
14843 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
14844 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
14845
14846 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14847
14848 void
14849 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14850 struct address_space *aspace,
14851 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
14852 {
14853 void **bpt_p;
14854
14855 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
14856 {
14857 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
14858 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
14859 }
14860 else
14861 {
14862 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
14863 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
14864 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
14865 }
14866
14867 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
14868 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
14869 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
14870 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
14871 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
14872 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
14873
14874 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
14875 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
14876 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
14877 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
14878 }
14879
14880 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
14881 were inserted or not. */
14882
14883 int
14884 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
14885 {
14886 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
14887 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
14888 }
14889
14890 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
14891
14892 void
14893 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14894 {
14895 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
14896
14897 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
14898 call. */
14899 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
14900 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
14901 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
14902 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
14903
14904 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
14905 {
14906 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
14907 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
14908 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
14909 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
14910 }
14911 }
14912
14913 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
14914 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
14915 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
14916 exec. */
14917
14918 void
14919 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14920 {
14921 int i;
14922
14923 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14924 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
14925 {
14926 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
14927 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
14928 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
14929 }
14930 }
14931
14932 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
14933 removing them. */
14934
14935 static void
14936 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14937 {
14938 int i;
14939
14940 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14941 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
14942 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
14943 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
14944 }
14945
14946 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14947 PC. */
14948
14949 static int
14950 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
14951 CORE_ADDR pc)
14952 {
14953 int i;
14954
14955 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14956 {
14957 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
14958 if (bp_tgt
14959 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
14960 bp_tgt->placed_address,
14961 aspace, pc))
14962 return 1;
14963 }
14964
14965 return 0;
14966 }
14967
14968 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
14969 non-zero otherwise. */
14970 static int
14971 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
14972 {
14973 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
14974 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
14975 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
14976 return 1;
14977 else
14978 return 0;
14979 }
14980
14981 int
14982 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
14983 {
14984 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
14985 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
14986
14987 return inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0;
14988 }
14989
14990 int
14991 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
14992 {
14993 struct breakpoint *bp;
14994
14995 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14996 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
14997 {
14998 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
14999
15000 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
15001 {
15002 int i, iter;
15003 for (i = 0;
15004 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
15005 i++)
15006 if (syscall_number == iter)
15007 return 1;
15008 }
15009 else
15010 return 1;
15011 }
15012
15013 return 0;
15014 }
15015
15016 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15017 static VEC (char_ptr) *
15018 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
15019 char *text, char *word)
15020 {
15021 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
15022 VEC (char_ptr) *retlist
15023 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, word, word);
15024
15025 xfree (list);
15026 return retlist;
15027 }
15028
15029 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15030
15031 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15032 static void
15033 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
15034 {
15035 tracepoint_count = num;
15036 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
15037 }
15038
15039 static void
15040 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15041 {
15042 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15043 const char *arg_cp = arg;
15044
15045 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp))
15046 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15047 else
15048 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15049
15050 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15051 arg,
15052 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15053 0 /* tempflag */,
15054 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15055 0 /* Ignore count */,
15056 pending_break_support,
15057 ops,
15058 from_tty,
15059 1 /* enabled */,
15060 0 /* internal */, 0);
15061 }
15062
15063 static void
15064 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15065 {
15066 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15067 arg,
15068 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15069 0 /* tempflag */,
15070 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15071 0 /* Ignore count */,
15072 pending_break_support,
15073 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15074 from_tty,
15075 1 /* enabled */,
15076 0 /* internal */, 0);
15077 }
15078
15079 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15080
15081 static void
15082 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15083 {
15084 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15085
15086 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15087 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15088 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
15089 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15090 else
15091 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15092
15093 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15094 arg,
15095 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15096 0 /* tempflag */,
15097 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15098 0 /* Ignore count */,
15099 pending_break_support,
15100 ops,
15101 from_tty,
15102 1 /* enabled */,
15103 0 /* internal */, 0);
15104 }
15105
15106 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15107 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15108
15109 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
15110 static int next_cmd;
15111
15112 static char *
15113 read_uploaded_action (void)
15114 {
15115 char *rslt;
15116
15117 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
15118
15119 next_cmd++;
15120
15121 return rslt;
15122 }
15123
15124 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15125 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15126 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15127 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15128 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15129
15130 struct tracepoint *
15131 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
15132 {
15133 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
15134 struct tracepoint *tp;
15135
15136 if (utp->at_string)
15137 addr_str = utp->at_string;
15138 else
15139 {
15140 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15141 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15142 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15143 user. */
15144 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15145 "source location, using raw address"),
15146 utp->number);
15147 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
15148 addr_str = small_buf;
15149 }
15150
15151 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15152 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
15153 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15154 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15155 utp->number);
15156
15157 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15158 addr_str,
15159 utp->cond_string, -1, NULL,
15160 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15161 0 /* tempflag */,
15162 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
15163 0 /* Ignore count */,
15164 pending_break_support,
15165 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15166 0 /* from_tty */,
15167 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
15168 0 /* internal */,
15169 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
15170 return NULL;
15171
15172 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15173 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
15174 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
15175
15176 if (utp->pass > 0)
15177 {
15178 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
15179 tp->base.number);
15180
15181 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
15182 }
15183
15184 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15185 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15186 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15187 function. */
15188 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
15189 {
15190 struct command_line *cmd_list;
15191
15192 this_utp = utp;
15193 next_cmd = 0;
15194
15195 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
15196
15197 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
15198 }
15199 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
15200 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
15201 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15202 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15203 utp->number);
15204
15205 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15206 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
15207 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
15208
15209 return tp;
15210 }
15211
15212 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15213 omitted. */
15214
15215 static void
15216 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
15217 {
15218 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
15219 int num_printed;
15220
15221 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
15222
15223 if (num_printed == 0)
15224 {
15225 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
15226 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15227 else
15228 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
15229 }
15230
15231 default_collect_info ();
15232 }
15233
15234 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15235 Not supported by all targets. */
15236 static void
15237 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15238 {
15239 enable_command (args, from_tty);
15240 }
15241
15242 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15243 Not supported by all targets. */
15244 static void
15245 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15246 {
15247 disable_command (args, from_tty);
15248 }
15249
15250 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15251 static void
15252 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15253 {
15254 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15255
15256 dont_repeat ();
15257
15258 if (arg == 0)
15259 {
15260 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
15261
15262 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15263 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15264 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15265 argument. */
15266 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15267 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15268 {
15269 breaks_to_delete = 1;
15270 break;
15271 }
15272
15273 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15274 if (!from_tty
15275 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15276 {
15277 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15278 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15279 delete_breakpoint (b);
15280 }
15281 }
15282 else
15283 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15284 }
15285
15286 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15287
15288 static void
15289 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
15290 {
15291 tp->pass_count = count;
15292 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp->base);
15293 if (from_tty)
15294 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15295 tp->base.number, count);
15296 }
15297
15298 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15299
15300 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15301 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15302 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15303
15304 static void
15305 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15306 {
15307 struct tracepoint *t1;
15308 unsigned int count;
15309
15310 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15311 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15312 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15313
15314 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15315
15316 while (*args && isspace ((int) *args))
15317 args++;
15318
15319 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15320 {
15321 struct breakpoint *b;
15322
15323 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15324 if (*args)
15325 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15326
15327 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15328 {
15329 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15330 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15331 }
15332 }
15333 else if (*args == '\0')
15334 {
15335 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
15336 if (t1)
15337 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15338 }
15339 else
15340 {
15341 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
15342
15343 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
15344 while (!state.finished)
15345 {
15346 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
15347 if (t1)
15348 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15349 }
15350 }
15351 }
15352
15353 struct tracepoint *
15354 get_tracepoint (int num)
15355 {
15356 struct breakpoint *t;
15357
15358 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15359 if (t->number == num)
15360 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15361
15362 return NULL;
15363 }
15364
15365 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15366 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15367 reconnecting). */
15368
15369 struct tracepoint *
15370 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15371 {
15372 struct breakpoint *b;
15373
15374 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15375 {
15376 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15377
15378 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15379 return t;
15380 }
15381
15382 return NULL;
15383 }
15384
15385 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15386 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15387 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15388 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15389 struct tracepoint *
15390 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15391 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
15392 int optional_p)
15393 {
15394 struct breakpoint *t;
15395 int tpnum;
15396 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15397
15398 if (state)
15399 {
15400 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
15401 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
15402 }
15403 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15404 {
15405 if (optional_p)
15406 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
15407 else
15408 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15409 }
15410 else
15411 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15412
15413 if (tpnum <= 0)
15414 {
15415 if (instring && *instring)
15416 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15417 instring);
15418 else
15419 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15420 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15421 return NULL;
15422 }
15423
15424 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15425 if (t->number == tpnum)
15426 {
15427 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15428 }
15429
15430 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15431 return NULL;
15432 }
15433
15434 void
15435 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15436 {
15437 if (b->thread != -1)
15438 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15439
15440 if (b->task != 0)
15441 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15442
15443 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15444 }
15445
15446 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15447 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15448 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15449 non-zero. */
15450
15451 static void
15452 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
15453 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15454 {
15455 struct breakpoint *tp;
15456 int any = 0;
15457 char *pathname;
15458 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15459 struct ui_file *fp;
15460 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15461
15462 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15463 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15464
15465 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15466 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15467 {
15468 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15469 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15470 continue;
15471
15472 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15473 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15474 continue;
15475
15476 any = 1;
15477
15478 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15479 {
15480 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15481
15482 /* We can stop searching. */
15483 break;
15484 }
15485 }
15486
15487 if (!any)
15488 {
15489 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15490 return;
15491 }
15492
15493 pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
15494 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
15495 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
15496 if (!fp)
15497 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15498 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
15499 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
15500
15501 if (extra_trace_bits)
15502 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
15503
15504 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15505 {
15506 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15507 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15508 continue;
15509
15510 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15511 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15512 continue;
15513
15514 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
15515
15516 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15517 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15518 instead. */
15519
15520 if (tp->cond_string)
15521 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15522
15523 if (tp->ignore_count)
15524 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15525
15526 if (tp->commands)
15527 {
15528 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
15529
15530 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
15531
15532 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
15533 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15534 {
15535 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
15536 }
15537 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15538
15539 if (ex.reason < 0)
15540 throw_exception (ex);
15541
15542 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
15543 }
15544
15545 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15546 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
15547
15548 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15549 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15550 special, and not user visible. */
15551 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15552 {
15553 struct bp_location *loc;
15554 int n = 1;
15555
15556 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15557 if (!loc->enabled)
15558 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15559 }
15560 }
15561
15562 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15563 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15564
15565 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15566 if (from_tty)
15567 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
15568 }
15569
15570 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15571
15572 static void
15573 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15574 {
15575 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15576 }
15577
15578 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15579
15580 static void
15581 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15582 {
15583 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15584 }
15585
15586 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15587
15588 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15589 all_tracepoints (void)
15590 {
15591 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15592 struct breakpoint *tp;
15593
15594 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15595 {
15596 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15597 }
15598
15599 return tp_vec;
15600 }
15601
15602 \f
15603 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15604 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15605 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15606 command. */
15607 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15608 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15609 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15610 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15611 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15612 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15613 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15614 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15615 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15616 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15617 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15618 \n\
15619 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15620 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15621 \n\
15622 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15623 conditions are different.\n\
15624 \n\
15625 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15626
15627 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15628 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15629
15630 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15631 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15632
15633 void
15634 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
15635 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
15636 struct cmd_list_element *command),
15637 completer_ftype *completer,
15638 void *user_data_catch,
15639 void *user_data_tcatch)
15640 {
15641 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15642
15643 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15644 &catch_cmdlist);
15645 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15646 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15647 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15648
15649 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15650 &tcatch_cmdlist);
15651 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15652 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15653 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15654 }
15655
15656 static void
15657 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
15658 {
15659 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15660 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
15661
15662 inf_data->total_syscalls_count = 0;
15663 inf_data->any_syscall_count = 0;
15664 VEC_free (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
15665 }
15666
15667 static void
15668 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15669 {
15670 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15671 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15672 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
15673 }
15674
15675 struct breakpoint *
15676 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
15677 void *data)
15678 {
15679 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15680
15681 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15682 {
15683 if ((*callback) (b, data))
15684 return b;
15685 }
15686
15687 return NULL;
15688 }
15689
15690 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15691 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15692
15693 static int
15694 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
15695 {
15696 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15697 non-inline function. */
15698 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
15699 return 1;
15700
15701 return 0;
15702 }
15703
15704 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15705 have been inlined. */
15706
15707 int
15708 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
15709 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
15710 {
15711 struct breakpoint *b;
15712 struct bp_location *bl;
15713
15714 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
15715 {
15716 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
15717 continue;
15718
15719 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
15720 {
15721 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
15722 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
15723 return 1;
15724 }
15725 }
15726
15727 return 0;
15728 }
15729
15730 void
15731 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15732 {
15733 static int initialized = 0;
15734
15735 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15736
15737 if (initialized)
15738 return;
15739 initialized = 1;
15740
15741 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15742 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15743 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15744 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15745 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15746 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15747 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
15748 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
15749 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
15750 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
15751 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
15752 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
15753
15754 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15755 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15756 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15757 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15758 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15759 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15760 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15761 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15762
15763 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15764 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
15765 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15766 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
15767 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
15768 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
15769 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
15770 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
15771 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
15772 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
15773
15774 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15775 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
15776 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15777 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
15778 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
15779 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
15780 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
15781
15782 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15783 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15784 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15785 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
15786 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
15787 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
15788 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
15789
15790 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15791 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
15792 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15793 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
15794
15795 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15796 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15797 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15798 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
15799 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
15800 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15801 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_probe_decode_linespec;
15802
15803 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
15804 ops = &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
15805 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15806 ops->print_it = print_it_exception_catchpoint;
15807 ops->print_one = print_one_exception_catchpoint;
15808 ops->print_mention = print_mention_exception_catchpoint;
15809 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_exception_catchpoint;
15810
15811 /* Watchpoints. */
15812 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15813 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15814 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
15815 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
15816 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
15817 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
15818 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
15819 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
15820 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
15821 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
15822 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
15823 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
15824 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
15825
15826 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15827 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15828 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15829 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
15830 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
15831 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
15832 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
15833 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
15834 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
15835 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
15836 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
15837
15838 /* Tracepoints. */
15839 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15840 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15841 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
15842 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
15843 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
15844 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
15845 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
15846 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
15847 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
15848 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
15849
15850 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15851 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15852 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15853 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15854 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec;
15855
15856 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15857 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15858 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15859 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
15860 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
15861 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
15862
15863 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15864 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
15865 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15866 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
15867 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
15868 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
15869 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
15870 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
15871 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
15872 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
15873
15874 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15875 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
15876 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15877 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
15878 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
15879 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
15880 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
15881 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
15882 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
15883 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
15884
15885 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15886 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
15887 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15888 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
15889 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
15890 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
15891 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
15892 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
15893 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
15894 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
15895 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
15896
15897 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
15898 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
15899 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15900 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
15901 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
15902 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
15903 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
15904 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
15905 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
15906 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
15907 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
15908
15909 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15910 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
15911 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15912 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
15913 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
15914 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
15915 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
15916 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
15917 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
15918 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
15919 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
15920 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
15921
15922 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
15923 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15924 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15925 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15926 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15927 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15928 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15929 }
15930
15931 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15932
15933 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
15934
15935 void
15936 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15937 {
15938 struct cmd_list_element *c;
15939
15940 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15941
15942 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
15943 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
15944 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
15945
15946 breakpoint_objfile_key
15947 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
15948
15949 catch_syscall_inferior_data
15950 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL,
15951 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup);
15952
15953 breakpoint_chain = 0;
15954 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15955 before a breakpoint is set. */
15956 breakpoint_count = 0;
15957
15958 tracepoint_count = 0;
15959
15960 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
15961 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15962 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15963 if (xdb_commands)
15964 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
15965
15966 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
15967 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
15968 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15969 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15970 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15971 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15972 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15973 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15974
15975 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
15976 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15977 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15978 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15979 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
15980
15981 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
15982 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15983 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15984 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15985 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15986 \n"
15987 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15988 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15989
15990 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
15991 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15992 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15993 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15994 \n"
15995 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15996 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15997
15998 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
15999 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16000 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16001 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16002 \n"
16003 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16004 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16005
16006 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16007 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16008 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16009 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16010 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16011 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16012 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16013 if (xdb_commands)
16014 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16015 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16016 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16017 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16018 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16019 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16020
16021 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16022
16023 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16024 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16025 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16026 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16027 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16028 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
16029
16030 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16031 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16032 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16033 &enablebreaklist);
16034
16035 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16036 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16037 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16038 &enablebreaklist);
16039
16040 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16041 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16042 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16043 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16044 &enablebreaklist);
16045
16046 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16047 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16048 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16049 &enablelist);
16050
16051 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16052 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16053 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16054 &enablelist);
16055
16056 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16057 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16058 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16059 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16060 &enablelist);
16061
16062 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16063 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16064 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16065 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16066 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16067 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16068 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16069 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16070 if (xdb_commands)
16071 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16072 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16073 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16074 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16075 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16076
16077 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
16078 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16079 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16080 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16081 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16082 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16083 &disablelist);
16084
16085 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16086 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16087 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16088 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16089 \n\
16090 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16091 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16092 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
16093 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16094 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16095 if (xdb_commands)
16096 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16097 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16098 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16099 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16100
16101 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
16102 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16103 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16104 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16105 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16106 &deletelist);
16107
16108 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
16109 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16110 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16111 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16112 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16113 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16114 \n\
16115 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16116 is executing in.\n\
16117 \n\
16118 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16119 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
16120
16121 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
16122 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16123 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16124 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16125
16126 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
16127 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
16128 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
16129 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
16130
16131 if (xdb_commands)
16132 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
16133
16134 if (dbx_commands)
16135 {
16136 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
16137 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16138 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
16139 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
16140 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
16141 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
16142 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
16143 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
16144 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16145 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16146 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16147 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16148 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16149 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16150 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16151 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16152 \n\
16153 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16154 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16155 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16156 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16157 breakpoint set."));
16158 }
16159
16160 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
16161 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16162 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16163 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16164 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16165 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16166 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16167 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16168 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16169 \n\
16170 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16171 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16172 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16173 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16174 breakpoint set."));
16175
16176 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16177
16178 if (xdb_commands)
16179 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
16180 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16181 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16182 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16183 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16184 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16185 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16186 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16187 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16188 \n\
16189 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16190 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16191 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16192 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16193 breakpoint set."));
16194
16195 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
16196 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16197 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16198 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16199 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16200 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16201 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16202 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16203 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16204 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16205 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16206 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16207 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16208 \n\
16209 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16210 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16211 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16212 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16213 breakpoint set."),
16214 &maintenanceinfolist);
16215
16216 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
16217 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16218 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
16219 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16220
16221 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
16222 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16223 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
16224 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16225
16226 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
16227 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
16228 Catch an exception, when caught."),
16229 catch_catch_command,
16230 NULL,
16231 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16232 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16233 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
16234 Catch an exception, when thrown."),
16235 catch_throw_command,
16236 NULL,
16237 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16238 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16239 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16240 catch_fork_command_1,
16241 NULL,
16242 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
16243 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
16244 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16245 catch_fork_command_1,
16246 NULL,
16247 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
16248 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
16249 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16250 catch_exec_command_1,
16251 NULL,
16252 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16253 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16254 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16255 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16256 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16257 catch_load_command_1,
16258 NULL,
16259 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16260 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16261 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16262 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16263 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16264 catch_unload_command_1,
16265 NULL,
16266 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16267 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16268 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16269 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16270 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16271 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16272 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16273 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16274 catch_syscall_command_1,
16275 catch_syscall_completer,
16276 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16277 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16278
16279 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
16280 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16281 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16282 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16283 an expression changes.\n\
16284 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16285 the memory to which it refers."));
16286 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16287
16288 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
16289 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16290 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16291 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16292 an expression is read.\n\
16293 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16294 the memory to which it refers."));
16295 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16296
16297 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
16298 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16299 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16300 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16301 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16302 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16303 the memory to which it refers."));
16304 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16305
16306 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
16307 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16308
16309 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16310 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16311 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16312 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16313 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16314 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16315 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16316 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16317 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16318 hardware.)"),
16319 NULL,
16320 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16321 &setlist, &showlist);
16322
16323 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16324
16325 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16326
16327 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16328 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16329 \n"
16330 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16331 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16332 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16333
16334 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16335 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16336 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16337 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16338
16339 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16340 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16341 \n"
16342 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16343 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16344 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16345
16346 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16347 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16348 \n\
16349 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16350 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16351 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16352 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16353 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16354 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16355 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16356 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16357 the selected stack frame.\n\
16358 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16359 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16360 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16361 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16362 \n\
16363 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16364 \n\
16365 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16366 conditions are different.\n\
16367 \n\
16368 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16369 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16370 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16371
16372 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16373 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16374 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16375 last tracepoint set."));
16376
16377 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16378
16379 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16380 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16381 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16382 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16383 &deletelist);
16384 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
16385
16386 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16387 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16388 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16389 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16390 &disablelist);
16391 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16392
16393 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16394 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16395 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16396 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16397 &enablelist);
16398 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16399
16400 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16401 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16402 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16403 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16404 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16405
16406 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16407 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16408 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16409 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16410
16411 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16412 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16413 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16414 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16415 session to restore them."),
16416 &save_cmdlist);
16417 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16418
16419 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
16420 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16421 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16422 &save_cmdlist);
16423 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16424
16425 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
16426 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
16427
16428 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16429 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16430 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16431 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16432 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
16433 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
16434 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16435 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16436 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16437 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16438 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
16439 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
16440
16441 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
16442 &pending_break_support, _("\
16443 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16444 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16445 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16446 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16447 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16448 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16449 NULL,
16450 show_pending_break_support,
16451 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16452 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16453
16454 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
16455
16456 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
16457 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
16458 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16459 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16460 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16461 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16462 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16463 NULL,
16464 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16465 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16466 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16467
16468 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16469 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16470 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16471 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16472 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16473 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16474 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16475 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16476 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16477 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16478 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16479 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16480 NULL,
16481 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16482 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16483 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16484
16485 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16486 condition_evaluation_enums,
16487 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16488 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16489 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16490 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16491 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16492 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16493 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16494 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16495 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16496 be set to \"gdb\""),
16497 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16498 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16499 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16500 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16501
16502 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16503 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16504 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16505 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16506 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16507 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16508 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16509 or the start of the range\n\
16510 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16511 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16512 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16513 \n\
16514 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16515 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16516 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16517
16518 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16519 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16520 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16521 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16522 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16523 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16524 "));
16525 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16526
16527 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16528 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16529 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16530 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16531 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16532 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16533 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16534 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16535 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16536 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16537 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16538 &setlist, &showlist);
16539
16540 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16541 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16542 &dprintf_function, _("\
16543 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16544 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16545 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16546 &setlist, &showlist);
16547
16548 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16549 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16550 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16551 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16552 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16553 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16554 &setlist, &showlist);
16555
16556 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16557 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16558 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16559 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16560 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16561 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16562 NULL,
16563 NULL,
16564 &setlist, &showlist);
16565
16566 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16567 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16568 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16569
16570 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16571
16572 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
16573 }